UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 0-20293

 

 

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

VIRGINIA   54-1598552

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1051 East Cary Street, Suite 1200, Richmond, Virginia 23219

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code is (804) 633-5031

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $1.33 per share   The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 29.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2012 was approximately $288,661,378.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013 was 25,281,900.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be used in conjunction with the registrant’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

ITEM         PAGE  
PART I   

Item 1.

   Business      1   

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      13   

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      21   

Item 2.

   Properties      21   

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      21   

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      21   
PART II   

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      22   

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      24   

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      25   

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      56   

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      57   

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      119   

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      119   

Item 9B.

   Other Information      119   
PART III   

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      120   

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      121   

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      121   

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      122   

Item 14.

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services      122   
PART IV   

Item 15.

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      122   


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this report may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are statements that include projections, predictions, expectations, or beliefs about future events or results or otherwise are not statements of historical fact. Such statements are often characterized by the use of qualified words (and their derivatives) such as “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “will,” or words of similar meaning or other statements concerning opinions or judgment of the Company and its management about future events. Although the Company believes that its expectations with respect to forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions within the bounds of its existing knowledge of its business and operations, there can be no assurance that actual results, performance, or achievements of the Company will not differ materially from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Actual future results and trends may differ materially from historical results or those anticipated depending on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the effects of and changes in: general economic and bank industry conditions, the interest rate environment, legislative and regulatory requirements, competitive pressures, new products and delivery systems, inflation, the stock and bond markets, accounting standards or interpretations of existing standards, mergers and acquisitions, technology, and consumer spending and savings habits. More information is available on the Company’s website, http://investors.bankatunion.com and on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov. The information on the Company’s website is not a part of this Form 10-K. The Company does not intend or assume any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

PART I

ITEM 1. - BUSINESS.

GENERAL

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation (the “Company”) is a bank holding company organized under Virginia law and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company is headquartered in Richmond, Virginia and committed to the delivery of financial services through its community bank subsidiary Union First Market Bank (the “Bank”) and three non-bank financial services affiliates. The Company’s bank subsidiary and non-bank financial services affiliates are:

 

Community Bank                    
Union First Market Bank    Richmond, Virginia
Financial Services Affiliates            
Union Mortgage Group, Inc.    Annandale, Virginia
Union Investment Services, Inc.    Ashland, Virginia
Union Insurance Group, LLC    Richmond, Virginia

History

The Company was formed in connection with the July 1993 merger of Northern Neck Bankshares Corporation and Union Bancorp, Inc. Although the Company was formed in 1993, certain of the community banks that were acquired and ultimately merged to form what is now Union First Market Bank were among the oldest in Virginia.

 

1


The table below indicates the year each community bank was formed, acquired by the Company and merged into what is now Union First Market Bank.

 

     Formed    Acquired    Merged

Union Bank and Trust Company

   1902    n/a    2010

Northern Neck State Bank

   1909    1993    2010

King George State Bank

   1974    1996    1999

Rappahannock National Bank

   1902    1998    2010

Bay Community Bank

   1999    de novo bank    2008

Guaranty Bank

   1981    2004    2004

Prosperity Bank & Trust Company

   1986    2006    2008

First Market Bank, FSB

   2000    2010    2010

On February 1, 2010, the Company acquired First Market Bank, FSB, a privately held federally chartered savings bank (“First Market Bank” or “FMB”), in an all stock transaction. In connection with the transaction, the Company changed its name to Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and moved its headquarters to Richmond, Virginia. In addition, First Market Bank became a state chartered commercial bank subsidiary of the Company. First Market Bank merged with Union Bank and Trust Company in March 2010 and the combined bank operates under the name Union First Market Bank.

In October 2010, the Company combined its two other community banks, Northern Neck State Bank and Rappahannock National Bank, into its largest bank affiliate, Union First Market Bank, which now operates as a single bank. This has created a single brand for the Company’s banking franchise offering the same products and services across Virginia.

The Company’s operations center is located in Ruther Glen, Virginia.

Product Offerings and Market Distribution

The Company is one of the largest community banking organizations based in Virginia and provides full service banking to the Northern, Central, Rappahannock, Shenandoah, Tidewater, and Northern Neck regions of Virginia through Union First Market Bank. At December 31, 2012, Union First Market Bank operated 90 locations in the counties of Albemarle, Caroline, Chesterfield, Essex, Fairfax, Fauquier, Fluvanna, Frederick, Hanover, Henrico, James City, King George, King William, Lancaster, Loudoun, Nelson, Northumberland, Richmond, Spotsylvania, Stafford, Warren, Washington, Westmoreland, York, and the independent cities of Charlottesville, Colonial Heights, Culpeper, Fredericksburg, Harrisonburg, Newport News, Richmond, Staunton, Stephens City, Waynesboro, Williamsburg, and Winchester. Union First Market Bank also operates loan production offices in Staunton, Winchester, and Tappahannock. Union Investment Services, Inc. provides full brokerage services; Union Mortgage Group, Inc. provides a full line of mortgage products; and Union Insurance Group, LLC offers various lines of insurance products. Union First Market Bank also owns a non-controlling interest in Johnson Mortgage Company, L.L.C.

Union First Market Bank is a full service community bank offering consumers and businesses a wide range of banking and related financial services, including checking, savings, certificates of deposit and other depository services, as well as loans for commercial, industrial, residential mortgage and consumer purposes. The Bank issues credit cards and delivers automated teller machine (“ATM”) services through the use of reciprocally shared ATMs in the major ATM networks as well as remote ATMs for the convenience of customers and other consumers. The Bank also offers internet banking services and online bill payment for all customers, whether retail or commercial. The Bank also offers private banking and trust services to individuals and corporations through its Financial Guidance Group.

 

2


Union Investment Services, Inc. (“UISI”) has provided securities, brokerage and investment advisory services since its formation in February 1993. UISI has 9 offices within the Bank’s trade area and is a full service investment company handling all aspects of wealth management including stocks, bonds, annuities, mutual funds and financial planning. Securities are offered through a third party contractual arrangement with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., an independent broker dealer.

Union Mortgage Group, Inc., (“UMG”) has offices in Virginia (13), Maryland (3), North Carolina (6), and South Carolina (2). UMG is also licensed to do business in selected states throughout the Mid-Atlantic and Southeast, as well as Washington, D.C. It provides a variety of mortgage products to customers in those areas. The mortgage loans originated by UMG are generally sold in the secondary market through purchase agreements with institutional investors.

Union Insurance Group, LLC (“UIG”), an insurance agency, is owned by the Bank and UMG. This agency operates in a joint venture with Bankers Insurance, LLC, a large insurance agency owned by community banks across Virginia and managed by the Virginia Bankers Association. UIG generates revenue through sales of various insurance products, including long term care insurance and business owner policies.

SEGMENTS

The Company has two reportable segments: its traditional full service community banking business and its mortgage loan origination business. For more financial data and other information about each of the Company’s operating segments, refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections, “Community Bank Segment” and “Mortgage Segment,” and to Note 17 “Segment Reporting” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

EXPANSION AND STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS

The Company expands its market area and increases its market share through organic growth (internal growth and de novo expansion) and strategic acquisitions. Strategic acquisitions by the Company to date have included whole bank acquisitions, branch and deposit acquisitions, and purchases of existing branches from other banks. The Company generally considers acquisitions of companies in strong growth markets or with unique products or services that will benefit the entire organization. Targeted acquisitions are priced to be economically feasible with minimal short-term drag to achieve positive long-term benefits. These acquisitions may be paid for in the form of cash, stock, debt, or a combination thereof. The amount and type of consideration and deal charges paid could have a short-term dilutive effect on the Company’s earnings per share or book value. However, cost savings and revenue enhancements in such transactions are anticipated to provide long-term economic benefit to the Company.

The Company’s new construction expansion during the last three years consists of opening two new bank branches in Virginia:

 

   

Three James Center, Union First Market Bank branch located in the city of Richmond, Virginia (November 2011)

 

   

Berea Marketplace, Union First Market Bank branch located in Stafford County, Virginia (March 2011)

In May 2011, the Company acquired deposits of approximately $48.9 million and loans of approximately $70.8 million at book value through the acquisition of the Harrisonburg, Virginia branch of NewBridge Bank (the “Harrisonburg branch”). Union First Market Bank retained the commercial loan operation team from the branch and all employees of the branch. The transaction also included the purchase of a real estate parcel/future branch site in Waynesboro, Virginia.

 

3


In June 2011, Union First Market Bank opened seven in-store bank branches in MARTIN’S Food Markets located in Harrisonburg, Waynesboro, Staunton, Winchester (2), Culpeper, and Stephens City, Virginia. The Bank currently operates in-store bank branches in 29 MARTIN’S Food Markets through its acquisition of First Market Bank primarily in the Richmond area market.

During 2011 and 2012, the Bank conducted a performance and opportunity analysis of its branch network. As a result, the Company decided to consolidate bank branches into nearby locations during 2012. The Company closed eight branches located in Charlottesville, Mechanicsville, Port Royal, Fredericksburg, Williamsburg, Northumberland County, and two located in Fairfax County. In all cases, customers could use branches within close proximity or continue to use the Bank’s other delivery channels including online and mobile banking.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately 1,044 full-time equivalent employees, including executive officers, loan and other banking officers, branch personnel, operations and other support personnel. Of this total, 183 were mortgage segment personnel. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s management routinely conducts employee workplace satisfaction surveys and as a result considers employee relations to be excellent and the key driver of the Company’s success. The Company provides employees with a comprehensive employee benefit program which includes the following: group life, health and dental insurance, paid time off, educational opportunities, a cash incentive plan, a stock purchase plan, stock incentive plans, deferred compensation plans for officers and key employees, an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) and a 401(k) plan with employer match.

COMPETITION

The financial services industry remains highly competitive and is constantly evolving. The Company experiences strong competition in all aspects of its business. In its market areas, the Company competes with large national and regional financial institutions, credit unions, other independent community banks, as well as consumer finance companies, mortgage companies, loan production offices, mutual funds and life insurance companies. Competition has increasingly come from out-of-state banks through their acquisitions of Virginia-based banks. Competition for deposits and loans is affected by various factors including interest rates offered, the number and location of branches and types of products offered, and the reputation of the institution. Credit unions have been allowed to increasingly expand their membership definitions and, because they enjoy a favorable tax status, have been able to offer more attractive loan and deposit pricing. The Company’s non-bank affiliates also operate in highly competitive environments. The Company believes its community bank framework and philosophy provide a competitive advantage, particularly with regard to larger national and regional institutions, allowing the Company to compete effectively. The Company’s community bank segment generally has strong market shares within the markets it serves. The Company’s deposit market share in Virginia was 1.91% as of December 31, 2012.

ECONOMY

While the economy in the Company’s footprint showed some signs of stabilizing growth after years of stagnation, the continued weakness in employment, a flatter yield curve, continued low rates, the burden of regulatory requirements enacted in response to the most recent financial crisis, and general uncertainty of a global economic recovery made for a challenging 2012 for the Company and for community banks in general. Unemployment levels remain relatively high in Virginia, but lower than the national average, as the impact of possible federal budget cuts and their potential negative effect on regional unemployment is uncertain. In response to the continued slow economic recovery during 2012, the Company’s management focused significant attention on managing nonperforming assets and controlling costs, while working with borrowers to mitigate and protect against risk of loss.

 

4


SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively and increasingly regulated under both federal and state laws. The following description briefly addresses certain historic and current provisions of federal and state laws and certain regulations, proposed regulations, and the potential impacts on the Company and the Bank. To the extent statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals are described in this report, the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals.

Regulatory Reform – The Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act significantly restructures the financial regulatory regime in the United States and has a broad impact on the financial services industry. While some rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act has occurred, many of the act’s provisions require study or rulemaking by federal agencies, a process which will take years to implement fully.

Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for new capital standards that eliminate the treatment of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital. Existing trust preferred securities are grandfathered for banking entities with less than $15 billion of assets, such as the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently raises deposit insurance levels to $250,000, and until December 31, 2012 provided unlimited deposit insurance coverage for transaction accounts. Pursuant to modifications under the Dodd-Frank Act, deposit insurance assessments will be calculated based on an insured depository institution’s assets rather than its insured deposits and the minimum reserve ratio of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (“FDIC”) Deposit Insurance Fund is to be raised to 1.35%. The payment of interest on business demand deposit accounts is permitted by the Dodd-Frank Act. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act bars banking organizations, such as the Company, from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, except as permitted under certain limited circumstances.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) as an independent bureau of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The CFPB has the exclusive authority to prescribe rules governing the provision of consumer financial products and services, which in the case of the Bank will be enforced by the Federal Reserve. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that debit card interchange fees must be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the card issuer with respect to the transaction. This provision is known as the “Durbin Amendment.” In June 2011, the Federal Reserve adopted regulations setting the maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the card issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards. The interchange fee restriction only applies to financial institutions with assets of $10 billion or more and therefore has no effect on the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. These requirements became effective on July 21, 2011. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other “covered financial institution” that provides an insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or compensation that gives rise to excessive risk or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which requires that financial institutions establish metrics for measuring the impact of activities to achieve incentive compensation with the related risk to the financial institution of such behavior.

 

5


Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of the new requirements have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on the operations of the Company and the Bank is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may affect the profitability of business activities, require changes to certain business practices, impose more stringent capital requirements, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, or otherwise adversely affect the business of the Company and the Bank. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

The Company

General. As a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”), the Company is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Company is also registered under the bank holding company laws of Virginia and is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “SCC”).

Permitted Activities. A bank holding company is limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such an activity.

Banking Acquisitions; Changes in Control. The BHCA requires, among other things, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve in any case where a bank holding company proposes to (i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns a majority of such voting shares), (ii) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, the Federal Reserve will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”).

Subject to certain exceptions, the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with the applicable regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any person or company’s acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company. A conclusive presumption of control exists if an individual or company acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of any insured depository institution. A rebuttable presumption of control exists if a person or company acquires 10% or more but less than 25% of any class of voting securities of an insured depository institution and either the institution has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or no other person will own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition. The Company’s common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

6


In addition, Virginia law requires the prior approval of the SCC for (i) the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting shares of a Virginia bank or any holding company that controls a Virginia bank, or (ii) the acquisition by a Virginia bank holding company of a bank or its holding company domiciled outside Virginia.

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve policy has historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. The federal bank regulatory agencies must still issue regulations to implement the source of strength provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Safety and Soundness. There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository institutions and the FDIC insurance fund in the event of a depository institution default. For example, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Company Improvement Act of 1991, to avoid receivership of an insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any subsidiary bank that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal bank regulatory agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines.

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on bank holding companies under the BHCA, including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are described below under “The Bank – Capital Requirements”. Subject to its capital requirements and certain other restrictions, the Company is able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to the Bank, and such loans may be repaid from dividends paid by the Bank to the Company.

Limits on Dividends and Other Payments. The Company is a legal entity, separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. A significant portion of the revenues of the Company result from dividends paid to it by the Bank. There are various legal limitations applicable to the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company and to the payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders. The Bank is subject to various statutory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the Company. Under the current supervisory practices of the Bank’s regulatory agencies, prior approval from those agencies is required if cash dividends declared in any given year exceed net income for that year, plus retained net profits of the two preceding years. The payment of dividends by the Bank or the Company may be limited by other factors,

 

7


such as requirements to maintain capital above regulatory guidelines. Bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank or the Company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting their business. The payment of dividends, depending on the financial condition of the Bank, or the Company, could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.

Under the FDIA, insured depository institutions such as the Bank, are prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distributions, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the statute). Based on the Bank’s current financial condition, the Company does not expect this provision will have any impact on its ability to receive dividends from the Bank. The Company’s non-bank subsidiaries pay dividends to the Company periodically on a non-regulated basis.

In addition to dividends it receives from the Bank, the Company receives management fees from its affiliated companies for expenses incurred related to external financial reporting and audit fees, investor relations expenses, Board of Directors fees, and legal fees related to corporate actions. These fees are charged to each subsidiary based upon various specific allocation methods measuring the estimated usage of such services by that subsidiary. The fees are eliminated from the financial statements in the consolidation process.

Under federal law, the Bank may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, the Company or take securities of the Company as collateral for loans to any borrower. The Bank is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) allows a bank holding company or other company to certify its status as a financial holding company, thereby allowing such company to engage in activities that are financial in nature, that are incidental to such activities, or are complementary to such activities. The GLB Act enumerates certain activities deemed financial in nature, such as underwriting insurance or acting as an insurance principal, agent or broker; underwriting; dealing in or making markets in securities; and engaging in merchant banking under certain restrictions. It also authorizes the Federal Reserve to determine by regulation what other activities are financial in nature, or incidental or complementary thereto.

For a bank holding company to be eligible for financial holding company status, each of its subsidiary banks must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” and have at least a satisfactory rating on its most recent CRA review. A bank holding company seeking to become a financial holding company must file a declaration with the Federal Reserve that it elects to become a financial holding company. If, after becoming a financial holding company, any of its subsidiary banks should fail to continue to meet these requirements, the financial holding company would be prohibited from engaging in activities not permissible for bank holding companies unless it was able to return to compliance within a specified period of time. Although the Bank, the Company’s sole banking subsidiary, meets the capital, management, and CRA requirements, the Company has not made a declaration to elect to become a financial holding company and at this time has no plans to do so.

The Bank

General. The Bank is supervised and regularly examined by the Federal Reserve and the SCC. The various laws and regulations administered by the regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, incurrence of debt, and acquisition of financial institutions and other companies; they also affect business practices, such as the payment of interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, types of business conducted, and location of offices. Certain of these law and regulations are referenced above under “The Company.”

 

8


Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve and the other federal banking agencies have issued risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to U. S. banking organizations. In addition, those regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. Under the risk-based capital requirements of the Federal Reserve, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%. At least half of the total capital is required to be “Tier 1 capital,” which consists principally of common and certain qualifying preferred shareholders’ equity (including grandfathered trust preferred securities), less certain intangibles and other adjustments. The remainder (“Tier 2 capital”) consists of a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain hybrid capital instruments) and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance. The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios of the Company were 13.14% and 14.57%, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, thus exceeding the minimum requirements. The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios of the Bank were 12.70% and 14.14%, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, also exceeding the minimum requirements.

Each of the federal regulatory agencies has established a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets (“Tier 1 leverage ratio”). These guidelines provide for a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for banks and bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including those that have the highest regulatory examination rating and are not contemplating significant growth or expansion. As of December 31, 2012, the Tier 1 leverage ratios of the Company and the Bank were 10.29% and 9.94%, respectively, well above the minimum requirements. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets.

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a series of proposed rules that would revise their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets. The proposed rules implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The proposed rules would, among other things, establish a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets) and a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6% of risk-weighted assets), and assign higher risk weightings to loans that are more than 90 days past due, loans that are on nonaccrual status and certain loans financing the acquisition, development or construction of commercial real estate. The proposed rules would also require unrealized gains and losses on certain securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements, and would limit a financial institution’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of a specified amount of common equity Tier 1 capital in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.

The federal bank regulatory agencies initially indicated that these proposed rules would be phased in beginning January 1, 2013 with full compliance required by January 1, 2019. However, due to the volume of public comments received, the agencies elected not to begin implementing the rules on January 1, 2013 and have provided no further guidance on a new effective date. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company and the Bank would meet all capital adequacy requirements under the proposed rules if such requirements were currently effective. The regulations ultimately implemented may be substantially different from the proposed rules issued in June 2012. Management will continue to monitor these and any future proposals submitted by our regulators.

Deposit Insurance. Substantially all of the deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. On April 1, 2011, the deposit insurance assessment base changed from total deposits to average total assets minus average tangible equity, pursuant to a rule issued by the FDIC as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

9


The FDIA, as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, requires the FDIC to set a ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits of at least 1.35%. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC introduced three possible adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate: (i) a decrease of up to five basis points for long-term unsecured debt, including senior unsecured debt (other than debt guaranteed under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program) and subordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (ii) an increase not to exceed 50% of an institution’s assessment rate before the increase for secured liabilities in excess of 25% of domestic deposits; and (iii) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase not to exceed 10 basis points for brokered deposits in excess of 10% of domestic deposits. In 2012 and 2011, the Company paid only the base assessment rate for “well capitalized” institutions, which totaled $2.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively, in regular deposit insurance assessments.

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. The special assessment was part of the FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the DIF. Deposit insurance expense during 2009 for the Company included an additional $1.2 million recognized in the second quarter related to the special assessment. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. In December 2009, the Company paid $12.6 million in prepaid risk-based assessments, which amount was expensed in the appropriate periods through December 31, 2012.

In November 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that provide for temporary unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The separate coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and expired on December 31, 2012.

In addition, all FDIC insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately one basis point of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Transactions with Affiliates. Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of the Bank to engage in transactions with related parties or “affiliates” or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an affiliate generally must be collateralized and certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, including the sale of assets, the payment of money or the provision of services, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions. In addition, the Bank generally may not purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates.

Loans to executive officers, directors or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank (a “10% Shareholders”), are subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulations (Regulation O) and Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act relating to the prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial institutions in compliance with the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be approved in

 

10


advance by a disinterested majority of the entire Board of Directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits loans to any of those individuals where the aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act identifies limited circumstances in which the Bank is permitted to extend credit to executive officers.

Prompt Corrective Action. Immediately upon becoming “undercapitalized,” a depository institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA, which: (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term cost to the DIF, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: (i) requiring the institution to raise additional capital; (ii) restricting transactions with affiliates; (iii) requiring divestiture of the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and (iv) any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions. The Bank meets the definition of being “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2012.

Community Reinvestment Act. The Bank is subject to the requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977. The CRA imposes on financial institutions an affirmative and ongoing obligation to meet the credit needs of the local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. If the Bank receives a rating from the Federal Reserve of less than satisfactory under the CRA, restrictions on operating activities would be imposed. The Bank currently has a “satisfactory” CRA rating.

Privacy Legislation. Several recent regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide new protections against the transfer and use of customer information by financial institutions. A financial institution must provide to its customers information regarding its policies and procedures with respect to the handling of customers’ personal information. Each institution must conduct an internal risk assessment of its ability to protect customer information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated parties without prior notice and approval from the customer.

USA Patriot Act of 2001. In October 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (“Patriot Act”) was enacted in response to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania, and Northern Virginia. The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen U. S. law enforcement and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism. The continuing impact on financial institutions of the Patriot Act and related regulations and policies is significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities to identify persons who may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

Consumer Laws and Regulations. The Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations issued thereunder that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and the Fair Housing Act, among others. The laws and related regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions transact business with customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of its ongoing customer relations.

 

11


Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of financial institutions do not undermine the safety and soundness of such institutions by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of financial institutions, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a financial institution’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the institution’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the financial institution’s Board of Directors.

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of financial institutions, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each financial institution based on the scope and complexity of the institution’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the institution’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the institution’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a financial institution if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the institution’s safety and soundness and the financial institution is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. At December 31, 2012, the Company had not been made aware of any instances of non-compliance with the new guidance.

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

The Company’s operations are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the policies of various regulatory authorities. In particular, the Federal Reserve regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates to influence general economic conditions. These policies have a significant impact on overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits; they affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for time and savings deposits. Federal Reserve monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks, including the Company, in the past and are expected to do so in the future.

Filings with the SEC

The Company files annual, quarterly, and other reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with the SEC. These reports and this Form 10-K are posted and available at no cost on the Company’s investor relations website, http://investors.bankatunion.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such documents with the SEC. The information contained on the Company’s website is not a part of this Form 10-K. The Company’s filings are also available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

12


ITEM 1A. - RISK FACTORS

Risks Related To The Company’s Business

The Company’s business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.

The community banking industry is directly affected by national, regional, and local economic conditions. Although economic conditions showed continued signs of improvement in 2012, certain sectors, such as real estate, remain weak and unemployment remains at a relatively high level. Local governments and many businesses are still experiencing difficulty as a result of the recent economic downturn and protracted recovery. The impact of the federal government sequestration spending cuts that took effect March 1, 2013 under the Budget Controls Act of 2011 could have an adverse impact on the business environment in the markets in which the Company operates. Management allocates significant resources to mitigate and respond to risks associated with the current economic conditions, however, such conditions cannot be predicted or controlled. Therefore, such conditions, including a reduction in federal government spending, a flatter yield curve and extended low interest rates, could adversely affect the credit quality of the Company’s loans, and/or the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. The Company’s financial performance is dependent on the business environment in the markets where the Company operates - in particular, the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services the Company offers. In addition, the Company holds securities which can be significantly affected by various factors including credit ratings assigned by third parties, and an adverse credit rating in securities held by the Company could result in a reduction of the fair value of its securities portfolio and have an adverse impact on its financial condition. While general economic conditions in Virginia and the U.S. continued to improve in 2012, there can be no assurance that this improvement will continue.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in its loan portfolio.

Like all financial institutions, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans that its borrowers may not repay in their entirety. The Company believes that it maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the corresponding balance sheet date and in compliance with applicable accounting and regulatory guidance. However, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses and future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect the Company’s operating results. The Company continues to have an elevated level of potential problem loans in its loan portfolio with higher than normal risk. Accounting measurements related to impairment and the loan loss allowance require significant estimates that are subject to uncertainty and changes relating to new information and changing circumstances. The significant uncertainties surrounding the Company’s borrowers’ abilities to execute their business models successfully through changing economic environments, competitive challenges and other factors complicate the Company’s estimates of the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan. Because of the degree of uncertainty and susceptibility of these factors to change, the actual losses may vary from current estimates. The Company expects fluctuations in the loan loss provisions due to the uncertain economic conditions.

The Company’s banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease the allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such required additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

13


The Company’s concentration in loans secured by real estate may adversely affect earnings due to changes in the real estate markets.

The Company offers a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, construction, home equity, consumer, and other loans. Many of the Company’s loans are secured by real estate (both residential and commercial) in the Company’s market areas. A major change in the real estate markets, resulting in deterioration in the value of this collateral, or in the local or national economy, could adversely affect borrowers’ ability to pay these loans, which in turn could affect the Company. Risks of loan defaults and foreclosures are unavoidable in the banking industry; the Company tries to limit its exposure to these risks by monitoring extensions of credit carefully. The Company cannot fully eliminate credit risk; thus, credit losses will occur in the future. Additionally, changes in the real estate market also affect the value of foreclosed assets and, therefore, additional losses may occur when management determines it is appropriate to sell the assets.

The Company has a significant concentration of credit exposure in commercial real estate, and loans with this type of collateral are viewed as having more risk of default.

The Company’s commercial real estate portfolio consists primarily of owner-operated properties and other commercial properties. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans. They are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans and depend on cash flows from the owner’s business or the property to service the debt. Cash flows may be affected significantly by general economic conditions, and a downturn in the local economy or in occupancy rates in the local economy where the property is located could increase the likelihood of default. Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a number of commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in the percentage of non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

The Company’s banking regulators generally give commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

The Company’s loan portfolio contains construction and development loans, and a decline in real estate values and economic conditions would adversely affect the value of the collateral securing the loans and have an adverse effect on financial condition.

Although most of the Company’s construction and development loans are secured by real estate, the Company believes that, in the case of the majority of these loans, the real estate collateral by itself may not be a sufficient source for repayment of the loan given declining real estate values and poor economic conditions. If the Company is required to liquidate the collateral securing a construction and development loan to satisfy the debt, its earnings and capital may be adversely affected. This period of reduced real estate values may continue for some time, resulting in potential adverse effects on earnings and capital.

The Company’s credit standards and its on-going credit assessment processes might not protect it from significant credit losses.

The Company assumes credit risk by virtue of making loans and leases and extending loan commitments and letters of credit. The Company manages credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and a continuous quality assessment process of credit already extended. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is managed through the use of consistent underwriting standards that emphasize local lending while avoiding highly leveraged transactions as well as excessive industry and other concentrations. The Company’s credit administration function employs risk management techniques to help ensure that problem loans and leases are promptly identified. While these procedures are designed to provide the Company with the information needed to implement policy adjustments where necessary and to take appropriate corrective actions, there can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk.

 

14


The Company’s focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase its credit risk.

Most of the Company’s commercial business and commercial real estate loans are made to small business or middle market customers. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities and have a heightened vulnerability to economic conditions. If general economic conditions in the market areas in which the Company operates negatively impact this important customer sector, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. Moreover, a portion of these loans have been made by the Company in recent years and the borrowers may not have experienced a complete business or economic cycle. Any deterioration of the borrowers’ businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s nonperforming assets adversely affect its net income in various ways. Until economic and market conditions stabilize, the Company expects to continue to incur additional losses relating to volatility in nonperforming loans. The Company does not record interest income on nonaccrual loans, which adversely affects its income and increases loan administration costs. When the Company receives collateral through foreclosures and similar proceedings, it is required to mark the related loan to the then fair market value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets also increases the Company’s risk profile and may affect the capital levels regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks. The Company utilizes various techniques such as workouts, restructurings, and loan sales to manage problem assets. Increases in or negative adjustments in the value of these problem assets, the underlying collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial condition, could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and staff, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities, including origination of new loans. There can be no assurance that the Company will avoid further increases in nonperforming loans in the future.

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s income and cash flows.

The Company’s income and cash flows depend to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions and the policies of the Federal Reserve and other governmental and regulatory agencies. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans, the prepayment of loans, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits, and the rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits or other sources of funding. The impact of these changes may be magnified if the Company does not effectively manage the relative sensitivity of its assets and liabilities to changes in market interest rates. In addition, the Company’s ability to reflect such interest rate changes in pricing its products is influenced by competitive pressures. Fluctuations in these areas may adversely affect the Company and its shareholders. The Bank is often at a competitive disadvantage in managing its costs of funds compared to the large regional, super-regional, or national banks that have access to the national and international capital markets.

The Company generally seeks to maintain a neutral position in terms of the volume of assets and liabilities that mature or re-price during any period so that it may reasonably maintain its net interest margin; however, interest rate fluctuations, loan prepayments, loan production, deposit flows, and competitive pressures are constantly changing and influence the ability to maintain a neutral position. Generally, the Company’s earnings will be more sensitive to fluctuations in interest rates depending upon the variance in volume of assets and liabilities that mature and re-price in any period. The extent and duration of the

 

15


sensitivity will depend on the cumulative variance over time, the velocity and direction of changes in interest rates, shape and slope of the yield curve, and whether the Company is more asset sensitive or liability sensitive. Accordingly, the Company may not be successful in maintaining a neutral position and, as a result, the Company’s net interest margin may be affected.

The Company faces substantial competition that could adversely affect the Company’s growth and/or operating results.

The Company operates in a competitive market for financial services and faces intense competition from other financial institutions both in making loans and attracting deposits which can greatly affect pricing for our products and services. The Company’s primary competitors include community, regional, and national banks as well as credit unions and mortgage companies. Many of these financial institutions have been in business for many years, are significantly larger, have established customer bases and have greater financial resources and higher lending limits. In addition, credit unions are exempt from corporate income taxes, providing a significant competitive pricing advantage. Accordingly, some of the Company’s competitors in its market have the ability to offer products and services that it is unable to offer or to offer at more competitive rates.

The inability of the Company to successfully manage its growth or implement its growth strategy may adversely affect the results of operations and financial conditions.

The Company may not be able to successfully implement its growth strategy if it is unable to identify attractive markets, locations, or opportunities to expand in the future. The ability to manage growth successfully depends on whether the Company can maintain adequate capital levels, maintain cost controls, effectively manage asset quality, and successfully integrate any businesses acquired into the organization.

As the Company continues to implement its growth strategy by opening new branches or acquiring branches or banks, it expects to incur increased personnel, occupancy, and other operating expenses. In the case of new branches, the Company must absorb those higher expenses while it begins to generate new deposits; there is also further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets. Thus, the Company’s plans to expand could depress earnings in the short run, even if it efficiently executes a branching strategy leading to long-term financial benefits.

Difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities with the Company’s own operations may prevent the Company from achieving the expected benefits from acquisitions.

The Company may not be able to achieve fully the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies in an acquisition. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired entity. In addition, the markets and industries in which the Company and its potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. The Company may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition; the Company also may lose key personnel, either from the acquired entity or from itself. These factors could contribute to the Company’s not achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions within desired time frames, if at all. Future business acquisitions could be material to the Company and it may issue additional shares of common stock to pay for those acquisitions, which would dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests. Acquisitions also could require the Company to use substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt; the Company could therefore become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

The carrying value of goodwill may be adversely affected.

When the Company completes an acquisition, often times, goodwill is recorded on the date of acquisition as an asset. Current accounting guidance requires goodwill to be tested for impairment; the Company performs such impairment analysis at least annually rather than amortizing it over a period of time. A significant adverse change in expected future cash flows or sustained adverse change in the Company’s common stock could require the asset to become impaired. If impaired, the Company would incur a charge to earnings that would have a significant impact on the results of operations. The Company’s carrying value of goodwill was approximately $59.4 million at December 31, 2012.

 

16


The Company’s exposure to operational, technological, and organizational risk may adversely affect the Company.

Similar to other financial institutions, the Company is exposed to many types of operational and technological risk, including reputation, legal, and compliance risk. The Company’s ability to grow and compete is dependent on its ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and technological infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure while it expands and integrates acquired businesses. Operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or persons outside of the Company, and exposure to external events. The Company is dependent on its operational infrastructure to help manage these risks. From time to time, it may need to change or upgrade its technology infrastructure. The Company may experience disruption, and it may face additional exposure to these risks during the course of making such changes. As the Company acquires other financial institutions, it faces additional challenges when integrating different operational platforms. Such integration efforts may be more disruptive to the business and/or more costly than anticipated.

The Company’s operations may be adversely affected by cyber security risks.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business information and personally identifiable information of its customers and employees in systems and on networks. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and the Company’s business strategy. The Company has invested in accepted technologies, and continually reviews processes and practices that are designed to protect its networks, computers and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite these security measures, the Company’s computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance, or other disruptions. A breach of any kind could compromise systems and the information stored there could be accessed, damaged or disclosed. A breach in security could result in legal claims, regulatory penalties, disruption in operations, and damage to the Company’s reputation, which could adversely affect our business.

The Company’s dependency on its management team and the unexpected loss of any of those personnel could adversely affect operations.

The Company is a customer-focused and relationship-driven organization. Future growth is expected to be driven in large part by the relationships maintained with customers. While the Company has assembled an experienced management team, is building the depth of that team, and has management development plans in place, the unexpected loss of key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and may result in lower revenues or greater expenses.

Legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, could adversely affect the Company or the businesses in which the Company is engaged.

The Company is subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision, and legislation that govern almost all aspects of its operations. Laws and regulations change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors, and the FDIC’s DIF. The impact of any changes to laws and regulations or other actions by regulatory agencies may negatively affect the Company or its ability to increase the value of its business. Such changes could include higher capital requirements, increased insurance premiums, increased compliance costs, reductions of non-interest income, and limitations on services that can be provided. Actions by regulatory agencies or significant litigation against the Company could cause it to devote significant time and resources to defend itself and may lead to liability or penalties that materially affect the Company and its shareholders. Future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations or enforcement could be materially adverse to the Company and its shareholders.

 

17


The Dodd-Frank Act substantially changes the regulation of the financial services industry and it could have a material adverse effect upon the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides wide-ranging changes in the way banks and financial services firms generally are regulated and is likely to affect the way the Company and its customers and counterparties do business with each other. Among other things, it requires increased capital and regulatory oversight for banks and their holding companies, changes the deposit insurance assessment system, changes responsibilities among regulators, establishes the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, makes various changes in the securities laws and corporate governance that affect public companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires numerous studies and regulations related to its implementation. The Company is evaluating the effects of the Dodd-Frank Act, together with implementing the regulations that have been proposed and adopted. The effects of the Dodd-Frank Act and the resulting rulemaking cannot be predicted, but could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operation and financial condition.

The Company may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, the short-term and long-term impact of which is uncertain.

The Company and the Bank are each subject to capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital which each must maintain. From time to time, regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If the Company and the Bank fail to meet these minimum capital guidelines and/or other regulatory requirements, the Company’s financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to establish stricter risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits for banks and bank holding companies. On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a series of proposed rules that would revise their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets. The proposed rules implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. If implemented, the proposed rules would, among other things, establish a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets) and a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6% of risk-weighted assets), and assign higher risk weightings to loans that are more than 90 days past due, loans that are on nonaccrual status and certain loans financing the acquisition, development or construction of commercial real estate. The rules would also lead to more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios.

The ultimate impact of the new capital and liquidity standards on the Company and the Bank cannot be determined at this time and depend on a number of factors, including the treatment and final implementation by the Federal Reserve. The federal bank regulatory agencies initially indicated that these proposed rules would be phased in beginning January 1, 2013 with full compliance required by January 1, 2019. However, due to the volume of public comments received, the agencies elected not to begin implementing the rules on January 1, 2013 and have provided no further guidance on a new effective date. These requirements and any other new regulations, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends, or could require the Company to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

The Company relies upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate which secures a significant portion of its loans, and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable if the Company is forced to foreclose upon such loans.

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate. The Company relies upon independent appraisers to estimate the value of such real estate. Appraisals are only estimates of value and the independent appraisers may make mistakes of fact or judgment that adversely affect the reliability of their appraisals. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to increase or decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the real estate securing some of the Company’s loans may be more or less valuable than anticipated at the time the loans were made. If a default occurs on a loan secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, the Company may not be able to recover the outstanding balance of the loan.

 

18


The Company relies on other companies to provide key components of its business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections and network access. While the Company has selected these third party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problem caused by these third parties, including poor performance of services, failure to provide services, disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor and failure to handle current or higher volumes, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business, and may harm its reputation. Financial or operational difficulties of a third party vendor could also hurt the Company’s operations if those difficulties affect the vendor’s ability to serve the Company. Replacing these third party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable inherent risk to the Company’s business operations.

The Company depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties, and its financial condition could be adversely affected if it relies on misleading information.

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, the Company may rely on information furnished to it by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which the Company does not independently verify. The Company also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, the Company may assume that a customer’s audited financial statements conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. The Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The authorities that promulgate accounting standards, including the FASB, SEC, and other regulatory authorities, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes are difficult to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of financial statements for prior periods. Such changes could also require the Company to incur additional personnel or technology costs.

Failure to maintain effective systems of internal and disclosure control could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operation and financial condition.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for the Company to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If the Company cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, its reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of the Company’s ongoing monitoring of internal control, it may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in its internal control that require remediation. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

19


The Company has in the past discovered, and may in the future discover, areas of its internal controls that need improvement. Even so, the Company is continuing to work to improve its internal controls. The Company cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that it implements and maintains adequate controls over its financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain effective controls or to timely implement any necessary improvement of the Company’s internal and disclosure controls could, among other things, result in losses from fraud or error, harm the Company’s reputation or cause investors to lose confidence in the Company’s reported financial information, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operation and financial condition.

Limited availability of financing or inability to raise capital could adversely impact the Company.

The amount, type, source, and cost of the Company’s funding directly impacts the ability to grow assets. The ability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, and other sources could become more difficult, more expensive, or altogether unavailable. A number of factors could make such financing more difficult, more expensive or unavailable including: the financial condition of the Company at any given time; rate disruptions in the capital markets; the reputation for soundness and security of the financial services industry as a whole; and, competition for funding from other banks or similar financial service companies, some of which could be substantially larger or be more favorably rated.

Risks Related To The Company’s Securities

The Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon the results of operations of its subsidiaries.

The Company is a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of its operations through the Bank and other subsidiaries. As a result, the Company’s ability to make dividend payments on its common stock depends primarily on certain federal regulatory considerations and the receipt of dividends and other distributions from its subsidiaries. There are various regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company.

While the Company’s common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, it has less liquidity than stocks for larger companies quoted on a national securities exchange.

The trading volume in the Company’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market has been relatively low when compared with larger companies listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or other stock exchanges. There is no assurance that a more active and liquid trading market for the common stock will exist in the future. Consequently, shareholders may not be able to sell a substantial number of shares for the same price at which shareholders could sell a smaller number of shares. In addition, we cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of the Company’s common stock in the market, or the availability of shares of common stock for sale in the market, will have on the market price of the common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the market, could cause the price of the Company’s common stock to decline, or reduce the Company’s ability to raise capital through future sales of common stock.

Future issuances of the Company’s common stock could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and could be dilutive.

The Company is not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock. Issuances of a substantial number of shares of common stock, or the expectation that such issuances might occur, including in connection with acquisitions by the Company, could materially adversely affect the market price of the shares of the common stock and could be dilutive to shareholders. Because the Company’s decision to issue common stock in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors, it cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of possible future issuances of its common stock. Accordingly, the Company’s shareholders bear the risk that future issuances will reduce the market price of the common stock and dilute their stock holdings in the Company.

 

20


The Company’s governing documents and Virginia law contain anti-takeover provisions that could negatively affect its shareholders.

The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and the Virginia Stock Corporation Act contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the Board of Directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of the Company. These provisions and the ability to set the voting rights, preferences, and other terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may discourage takeovers (which certain shareholders may deem to be in their best interest). To the extent that such takeover attempts are discouraged, temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Company’s common stock resulting from actual or rumored takeover attempts may be inhibited. These provisions also could discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, even though such transactions may be favorable to the interests of shareholders, and could potentially adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

The current economic conditions may cause volatility in the Company’s stock value.

In the current economic environment, the value of publicly traded stocks in the financial services sector has been volatile. However, even in a more stable economic environment the value of the Company’s common stock can be affected by a variety of factors such as excepted results of operations, actual results of operations, actions taken by shareholders, news or expectations based on the performance of others in the financial services industry, and expected impacts of a changing regulatory environment. These factors not only impact the value of our stock but could also affect the liquidity of the stock given the Company’s size, geographical footprint, and industry.

ITEM 1B. - UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

The Company does not have any unresolved staff comments to report for the year ended December 31, 2012.

ITEM 2. - PROPERTIES.

The Company, through its subsidiaries, owns or leases buildings that are used in the normal course of business. Effective October 31, 2011, the corporate headquarters was relocated from 111 Virginia Street, Suite 200, Richmond, Virginia to 1051 East Cary Street, Suite 1200, Richmond, Virginia. The Company’s subsidiaries own or lease various other offices in the counties and cities in which they operate. At December 31, 2012, the Bank operated 90 branches throughout Virginia. All of the offices of UMG are leased, either through a third party or within a Bank branch. The vast majority of the offices of UISI are located within the retail branch properties. The Company’s operations center is in Ruther Glen, Virginia. See the Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 “Bank Premises and Equipment” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information with respect to the amounts at which Bank premises and equipment are carried and commitments under long-term leases.

ITEM 3. - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

In the ordinary course of its operations, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings. Based on the information presently available, and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that the ultimate outcome in such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the business or the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

ITEM 4. - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

None.

 

21


PART II

ITEM 5. - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

The following performance graph does not constitute soliciting material and should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other Company filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates the performance graph by reference therein.

Five-Year Stock Performance Graph

The following chart compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative shareholder return on the Company’s common stock during the five years ended December 31, 2012, with (1) the Total Return Index for the NASDAQ Stock Market and (2) the Total Return Index for NASDAQ Bank Stocks. This comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2007 in the Company’s common stock and the comparison groups and assumes the reinvestment of all cash dividends prior to any tax effect and retention of all stock dividends.

 

LOGO

 

     Period Ending  

Index

   12/31/07      12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11      12/31/12  

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation

     100.00         121.62         62.07         75.43         69.44         84.55   

NASDAQ Composite

     100.00         60.02         87.24         103.08         102.26         120.42   

NASDAQ Bank

     100.00         78.46         65.67         74.97         67.10         79.64   

Source: SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA (2013)

  

              

Information on Common Stock, Market Prices and Dividends

There were 25,270,970 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the close of business on December 31, 2012, which were held by 2,395 shareholders of record. The closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2012 was $15.77 per share compared to $13.29 on December 31, 2011.

 

22


The Company completed a follow-on equity raise on September 16, 2009 of 4,725,000 shares of common stock at a price of $13.25 per share. In addition, on February 1, 2010, the Company issued 7,477,273 shares of common stock in connection with its acquisition of First Market Bank.

The following table summarizes the high and low sales prices and dividends declared for quarterly periods during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     Sales Prices      Dividends  
     2012      2011      Declared  
     High      Low      High      Low      2012      2011  

First Quarter

   $ 14.93       $ 13.00       $ 15.21       $ 10.82       $ 0.07       $ 0.07   

Second Quarter

     14.75         13.08         13.23         11.29       $ 0.08       $ 0.07   

Third Quarter

     15.81         14.31         13.18         9.93       $ 0.10       $ 0.07   

Fourth Quarter

     16.29         14.23         13.79         10.06       $ 0.12       $ 0.07   
              

 

 

    

 

 

 
               $ 0.37       $ 0.28   
              

 

 

    

 

 

 

Regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to the Company at December 31, 2012 are set forth in Note 16, “Parent Company Financial Information,” contained in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. A discussion of certain limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the ability of the Company to pay dividends on its common stock, is set forth in Part I., Item 1 - Business, of this Form 10-K under the headings “Supervision and Regulation - Limits on Dividends and Other Payments.”

It is anticipated that dividends will continue to be paid on a quarterly basis. In making its decision on the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors considers operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder returns, and other factors.

Stock Repurchase Program

In December 2011, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 350,000 shares of its common stock in the open market or in private transactions. No shares were repurchased during 2011.

In February 2012, the Company was authorized to enter into a stock purchase agreement with James E. Ukrop, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, and a related trust. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company repurchased 335,649 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $4,363,437, or $13.00 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand. The Company transferred 115,384 of the repurchased shares to its ESOP for $13.00 per share. The remaining 220,265 shares were retired. On February 6, 2012, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to the agreement and repurchase.

In December 2012, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on the open market or in private transactions. Subsequently, in December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase 750,000 shares of its common stock from Markel Corporation, the Company’s largest shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $11,580,000, or $15.44 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand and the Company retired the shares. On December 12 and 21, 2012, the Company filed Current Reports on Form 8-K with respect to the authorization and repurchase.

 

23


ITEM 6. - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following table sets forth selected financial data for the Company over each of the past five years ended December 31 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Results of Operations

          

Interest and dividend income

   $ 181,863      $ 189,073      $ 189,821      $ 128,587      $ 135,095   

Interest expense

     27,508        32,713        38,245        48,771        57,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     154,355        156,360        151,576        79,816        77,873   

Provision for loan losses

     12,200        16,800        24,368        18,246        10,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     142,155        139,560        127,208        61,570        67,853   

Noninterest income

     41,068        32,964        34,217        23,442        21,797   

Noninterest expenses

     133,479        130,815        129,920        75,762        70,878   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     49,744        41,709        31,505        9,250        18,772   

Income tax expense

     14,333        11,264        8,583        890        4,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 35,411      $ 30,445      $ 22,922      $ 8,360      $ 14,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial Condition

          

Assets

     4,095,865        3,907,087        3,837,247      $ 2,587,272      $ 2,551,932   

Loans, net of unearned income

     2,966,847        2,818,583        2,837,253        1,874,224        1,874,088   

Deposits

     3,297,767        3,175,105        3,070,059        1,916,364        1,926,999   

Stockholders’ equity

     435,863        421,639        428,085        282,088        273,798   

Ratios

          

Return on average assets

     0.89     0.79     0.61     0.32     0.61

Return on average equity

     8.13     6.90     5.50     2.90     6.70

Cash basis return on average assets (1)

     1.00     0.92     0.76     0.38     0.68

Cash basis return on average tangible common equity (1)

     10.86     10.64     9.35     5.54     10.69

Efficiency ratio (FTE) (2)

     66.86     67.55     68.19     70.81     68.75

Efficiency ratio - community bank segment (FTE) (2)

     65.88     66.84     68.59     71.72     66.84

Efficiency ratio - mortgage bank segment (FTE) (2)

     77.66     79.20     64.22     63.41     99.04

Common equity to total assets

     10.64     10.79     10.26     10.90     10.71

Tangible common equity / tangible assets

     8.97     8.91     8.22     8.64     6.10

Asset Quality

          

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 34,916      $ 39,470      $ 38,406      $ 30,484      $ 25,496   

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 26,206      $ 44,834      $ 61,716      $ 22,348      $ 14,412   

Other real estate owned

   $ 32,834      $ 32,263      $ 36,122      $ 22,509      $ 7,140   

ALLL / total outstanding loans

     1.18     1.40     1.35     1.63     1.36

ALLL / total outstanding loans, adjusted for acquired (1)

     1.40     1.83     1.88     N/A        N/A   

ALLL / nonperforming loans

     133.24     88.04     62.23     136.41     176.91

NPAs / total outstanding loans

     1.99     2.74     3.45     2.39     1.15

Net charge-offs / total outstanding loans

     0.56     0.56     0.58     0.71     0.21

Provision / total outstanding loans

     0.41     0.60     0.86     0.97     0.53

Per Share Data

          

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 1.37      $ 1.07      $ 0.83      $ 0.19      $ 1.08   

Earnings per share, diluted

     1.37        1.07        0.83        0.19        1.07   

Cash basis earnings per share, diluted (1)

     1.50        1.33        1.10        0.63        1.16   

Cash dividends paid

     0.37        0.28        0.25        0.30        0.74   

Market value per share

     15.77        13.29        14.78        12.39        24.80   

Book value per common share

     17.30        16.17        15.16        15.34        16.03   

Price to earnings ratio, diluted

     11.51        12.42        17.81        65.21        23.18   

Price to book value ratio

     0.91        0.82        0.98        0.81        1.55   

Dividend payout ratio

     27.01     26.17     30.12     157.89     69.16

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic

     25,872,316        25,981,222        25,222,565        15,160,619        13,477,760   

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted

     25,900,863        26,009,839        25,268,216        15,201,993        13,542,948   

 

(1)         Refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, section “Non GAAP Measures” for a reconciliation.

(2)         Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted during 2012. Commissions paid on the origination of mortgages held for sale have been netted against the related gains on sales of mortgage loans revenue amounts for all periods presented. In addition, debit and credit card interchange costs incurred have been netted against the related debit and credit card interchange income. Management considers the net presentation to more accurately reflect the net contribution to the consolidated financial results for the mortgage segment and the debit and credit card products. These changes had no impact on previously reported earnings and the following shows the impact on the Company’s efficiency ratio:

          

               

Efficiency Ratio (FTE) - prior to reclassification

     69.59     69.27     70.46     73.20     71.20

Impact of Reclassification

     -2.73     -1.72     -2.27     -2.39     -2.45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency Ratio (FTE) - as reported

     66.86     67.55     68.19     70.81     68.75

 

24


ITEM 7. - MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion and analysis provides information about the major components of the results of operations and financial condition, liquidity, and capital resources of the Company and its subsidiaries. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Consolidated Financial Statements” and the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” presented in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are in accordance with GAAP and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The Company’s financial position and results of operations are affected by management’s application of accounting policies, including estimates, assumptions and judgments made to arrive at the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and amounts reported for revenues, expenses and related disclosures. Different assumptions in the application of these policies could result in material changes in the Company’s consolidated financial position and/or results of operations.

The more critical accounting and reporting policies include the Company’s accounting for the allowance for loan losses, mergers and acquisitions, and goodwill and intangible assets. The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding the Company’s consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations. Accordingly, the Company’s significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The following is a summary of the Company’s critical accounting policies that are highly dependent on estimates, assumptions, and judgments.

Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALL”)

The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance that management considers adequate to absorb potential losses in the portfolio. Loans are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are credited to the allowance. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the composition of the loan portfolio, the value and adequacy of collateral, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, and other risk factors. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, particularly those affecting real estate values. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to make adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The Company performs regular credit reviews of the loan portfolio to review the credit quality and adherence to its underwriting standards. The credit reviews consist of reviews by its Internal Audit group (or, prior to March 1, 2012, its Credit Administration group) and reviews performed by an independent third party. Upon origination, each commercial loan is assigned a risk rating ranging from one to nine, with loans closer to one having less risk, and this risk rating scale is the Company’s primary credit quality indicator. Consumer loans are generally not risk rated, the primary credit quality indicator for this portfolio segment is delinquency status. The Company has various committees that review and ensure that the allowance for loan losses methodology is in accordance with GAAP and loss factors used appropriately reflect the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio.

 

25


The Company’s ALL consists of specific, general and unallocated components.

Specific Reserve Component - The specific reserve component relates to impaired loans exceeding $500,000. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Upon being identified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan for loans not considered to be collateral dependent. The significant majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral dependent. The impairment of collateral dependent loans is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral (based on independent appraisals), less selling costs, compared to the carrying value of the loan. The Company obtains independent appraisals from a pre-approved list of independent, third party, appraisal firms located in the market in which the collateral is located. The Company’s approved appraiser list is continuously maintained to ensure the list only includes such appraisers that have the experience, reputation, character, and knowledge of the respective real estate market. At a minimum, it is ascertained that the appraiser is currently licensed in the state in which the property is located, experienced in the appraisal of properties similar to the property being appraised, has knowledge of current real estate market conditions and financing trends, and is reputable. The Company’s internal real estate valuation group performs either a technical or administrative review of all appraisals obtained. A technical review will ensure the overall quality of the appraisal while an administrative review ensures that all of the required components of an appraisal are present. Generally, independent appraisals are updated every 12 to 24 months or as necessary. The Company’s impairment analysis documents the date of the appraisal used in the analysis, whether the officer preparing the report deems it current, and, if not, allows for internal valuation adjustments with justification. Adjustments to appraisals generally include discounts for continued market deterioration subsequent to the appraisal date. Any adjustments from the appraised value to carrying value are documented in the impairment analysis, which is reviewed and approved by senior credit administration officers and the Special Assets Loan Committee. External appraisals are the primary source to value collateral dependent loans; however, the Company may also utilize values obtained through broker price opinions or other valuations sources. These alternative sources of value are used only if deemed to be more representative of value based on updated information regarding collateral resolution. Impairment analyses are updated, reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis at or near the end of each reporting period.

General Reserve Component - The general reserve component covers non-impaired loans, and impaired loans below $500,000, and is derived from an estimate of credit losses adjusted for various environmental factors applicable to both commercial and consumer loan segments. The estimate of credit losses is a function of the product of net charge-off historical loss experience to the loan balance of the loan portfolio averaged during the preceding twelve quarters, as management has determined this to adequately reflect the losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The environmental factors consist of national, local and portfolio characteristics and are applied to both the commercial and consumer segments. The following table shows the types of environmental factors management considers:

 

26


ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS

Portfolio

  

National

  

Local

Experience and ability of lending team    Interest rates    Level of economic activity
Depth of lending team    Inflation    Unemployment
Pace of loan growth    Unemployment    Competition
Franchise expansion    Gross domestic product    Military/government impact
Execution of loan risk rating process    General market risk and other concerns   
Degree of oversight / underwriting standards    Legislative and regulatory environment   
Value of real estate serving as collateral      
Delinquency levels in portfolio      
Charge-off levels in portfolio      

Credit concentrations / nature and volume of

the portfolio

     

Unallocated Component – This component may be used to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio. Together, the specific, general, and any unallocated allowance for loan loss represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Though provisions for loan losses may be based on specific loans, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for any loan management deems necessary to charge-off. At December 31, 2012, there were no material amounts considered unallocated as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. A loan that is classified substandard or worse is considered impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The impairment loan policy is the same for each of the seven classes within the commercial portfolio segment.

For the consumer loan portfolio segment, large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. This evaluation subjects each of the Company’s homogenous pools to a historical loss factor derived from net charge-offs experienced over the preceding twelve quarters. The Company applies payments received on impaired loans to principal and interest based on the contractual terms until they are placed on nonaccrual status at which time all payments received are applied to reduce the principal balance and recognition of interest income is terminated as previously discussed.

Mergers and Acquisitions

The Company’s merger and acquisition strategy focuses on high-growth areas with strong market demographics and targets organizations that have a comparable corporate culture, strong performance and good asset quality, among other factors.

 

27


Business combinations are accounted for under Accounting Standards Codifications (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date measured at their fair values as of that date. To determine the fair values, the Company will continue to rely on third party valuations, such as appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company will identify the acquirer and the closing date and apply applicable recognition principles and conditions. Costs that the Company expects, but is not obligated to incur in the future, to implement its plan to exit an activity of an acquiree or to terminate the employment of or relocate an acquiree’s employees are not liabilities at the acquisition date. The Company does not recognize these costs as part of applying the acquisition method. Instead, the Company recognizes these costs as expenses in its post-combination financial statements in accordance with other applicable GAAP.

Acquisition-related costs are costs the Company incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees. Some other examples of costs to the Company include systems conversions, integration planning consultants and advertising costs. The Company will account for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received, with one exception. The costs to issue debt or equity securities will be recognized in accordance with other applicable GAAP. These acquisition-related costs are included within the Consolidated Statements of Income classified within the noninterest expense caption.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company follows ASC 805, Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and ASC 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which prescribes the accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to initial recognition. The provisions of this guidance discontinued the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives but require an impairment review at least annually and more frequently if certain impairment indicators are evident.

Goodwill totaled $59.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Based on the testing of goodwill for impairment, there were no impairment charges for 2012, 2011, or 2010.

The Company used the acquisition method of accounting when acquiring First Market Bank and recorded $26.4 million of core deposit intangible, $1.2 million of trademark intangible and $1.1 million in goodwill. None of the goodwill recognized is deductible for income tax purposes. Core deposit intangible assets are being amortized over the periods of expected benefit, which range from 4 to 14 years. The core deposit intangible on that acquisition is being amortized over an average of 4.3 years using an accelerated method and the trademark intangible is being amortized over three years using the straight-line method.

In connection with the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch, the Company recorded $1.8 million of goodwill and $9,500 of core deposit intangibles. The core deposit intangible of $9,500 was expensed in the second quarter of 2011. The recorded goodwill was allocated to the community banking segment of the Company and is deductible for tax purposes.

Total core deposit intangibles, net of amortization, amounted to $15.8 million and $20.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Amortization expense of core deposit intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 totaled $4.9 million, $6.1 million, and $7.3 million, respectively. Amortization expense of the trademark intangible for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $400,000 for both years and $367,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Reclassifications

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, for prior periods reflect certain reclassifications in order to conform to the current presentation.

 

28


The primary reclassification that occurred during 2012 related to how the Company reports commissions paid on the origination of mortgage loans held for sale and debit and credit card interchange costs. Commissions paid on the origination of mortgage loans held for sale have been netted against the related gains on sales of mortgages loans revenue amounts. In addition, debit and credit card interchange costs incurred have been netted against the related debit and credit card interchange income. Management considers the net presentation to more accurately reflect the net contribution to the consolidated financial results for the mortgage segment and the debit and credit card products. As shown below, the results of the reclassifications are not considered material and have no effect on previously reported net earnings available to comment shareholders and earnings per share: (Dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     Prior            Current      Prior            Current      Prior            Current  
     Presentation      Reclass     Presentation      Presentation      Reclass     Presentation      Presentation      Reclass     Presentation  

Net Interest Income after provision

   $ 142,155       $ —        $ 142,155       $ 139,560       $ —        $ 139,560       $ 127,208       $ —        $ 127,208   

Noninterest income

   $ 59,018       $ (17,950   $ 41,068       $ 43,777       $ (10,813   $ 32,964       $ 47,298       $ (13,081   $ 34,217   

Noninterest expense

   $ 151,429       $ (17,950   $ 133,479       $ 141,628       $ (10,813   $ 130,815       $ 143,001       $ (13,081   $ 129,920   

Income tax expense

   $ 14,333       $ —        $ 14,333       $ 11,264       $ —        $ 11,264       $ 8,583       $ —        $ 8,583   

Net income

   $ 35,411       $ —        $ 35,411       $ 30,445       $ —        $ 30,445       $ 22,922       $ —        $ 22,922   

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Income

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $5.0 million, or 16.3%, from the prior year. Net income available to common shareholders increased $7.6 million, or 27.5%, from the prior year, which included preferred dividends and discount accretion on preferred stock of $2.7 million. Return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 8.13% compared to 6.90% for the prior year while return on average assets was 0.89% compared to 0.79% for the prior year. Earnings per share was $1.37, an increase of $0.30, or 28.0%, from $1.07 for the year ended December 31, 2011. Prior year earnings per share included preferred dividends and discount accretion on preferred stock of $2.7 million, or $0.10 per share.

The $5.0 million increase in net income was principally a result of higher net gains on sales of mortgage loans driven by higher origination volumes, lower provision for loan losses, reductions in FDIC insurance expense due to changes in the assessment base and rate, lower core deposit intangible amortization expense, and an increase in account service charges and net debit and credit card interchange fees. Partially offsetting these results were higher salaries and benefits related to the addition of mortgage loan originators and support personnel in 2012 and lower net interest income driven by reductions in interest income on interest-earning assets that outpaced the impact of lower costs on interest-bearing liabilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, net income increased $7.5 million, or 32.8%, from $22.9 million to $30.4 million. Net income available to common shareholders, which deducts from net income the dividends and discount accretion on preferred stock, was $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This represented an increase in earnings per common share, on a diluted basis, of $0.24 to $1.07 from $0.83. The repayment of the preferred stock assumed in the FMB acquisition accelerated the amortization of the related discount of approximately $982,000, which reduced earnings available to common shareholders by $0.02 per share. Return on average common equity for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 6.90%, while return on average assets was 0.79%, compared to 5.50% and 0.61%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The $7.5 million increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was largely attributable to increases in net interest income, the absence of nonrecurring prior year acquisition costs, and a decline in provision for loan loss.

 

29


Net Interest Income

Net interest income, which represents the principal source of earnings for the Company, is the amount by which interest income exceeds interest expense. The net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. Changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as their respective yields and rates, have a significant impact on the level of net interest income, the net interest margin, and net income.

The decline in the general level of interest rates over the last five years has placed downward pressure on the Company’s earning asset yields and related interest income. The decline in earning asset yields, however, has been offset principally by the repricing of money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposits, and lower borrowing costs. During the third quarter of 2012, the Company modified its fixed rate convertible Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) advances to floating rate advances, which resulted in reducing the Company’s FHLB borrowing costs. The Federal Open Market Committee’s commitment to keep rates exceptionally low for an extended period and the resulting flatter yield curve (i.e., longer term interest rates not significantly higher than short term rates) could negatively affect the Bank’s net interest margin as lower deposit rates may not offset lower earning asset yields. The Company believes that its net interest margin will continue to decline modestly over the next several quarters as decreases in earning asset yields are projected to outpace declines in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

     Year-over-year results  
     Twelve Months Ended  
     Dollars in thousands  
     12/31/12     12/31/11     Change  

Average interest-earning assets

   $ 3,649,865      $ 3,518,643      $ 131,222   

Interest income (FTE)

   $ 186,086      $ 193,399      $ (7,313

Yield on interest-earning assets

     5.10     5.50     (40 ) bps 

Average interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 2,922,373      $ 2,875,242      $ 47,131   

Interest expense

   $ 27,508      $ 32,713      $ (5,205

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

     0.94     1.14     (20 ) bps 

Cost of funds

     0.75     0.93     (18 ) bps 

Net Interest Income (FTE)

   $ 158,577      $ 160,686      $ (2,109

Net Interest Margin (FTE)

     4.34     4.57     (23 ) bps 

Net Interest Margin, core (FTE) (1)

     4.24     4.37     (13 ) bps 

 

(1)

The core net interest margin, fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) excludes the impact of acquisition accounting accretion and amortization adjustments in net interest income.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, tax-equivalent net interest income was $158.6 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 1.3%, when compared to the same period last year. The tax-equivalent net interest margin decreased by 23 basis points to 4.34% from 4.57% in the prior year. The decline in the net interest margin was principally due to the continued decline in accretion on the acquired net earning assets (10 bps) and a decline in the yield on interest-earning assets that outpaced the reduction in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities (13 bps). Lower interest-earning asset income was principally due to lower yields on loans and investment securities as new loans and renewed loans were originated and repriced at lower rates, faster prepayments on mortgage backed securities, and cash flows from securities investments reinvested at lower yields. The reduction in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities was primarily driven by a shift in the mix of the Company’s deposit accounts as customers moved from certificates of deposits to transaction and money market accounts. The aforementioned modification of the Company’s FHLB advances lowered the 2012 cost of interest-bearing liabilities by 3 bps subsequent to executing the modification during the third quarter of 2012.

 

30


The Company’s fully taxable equivalent net interest margin includes the impact of acquisition accounting fair value adjustments that were recorded during 2010 and 2011. The 2012 and remaining estimated discount/premium and net accretion impact are reflected in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Loan      Certificates      Investment               
     Accretion      of Deposit      Securities      Borrowings     Total  

For the year ended December 31, 2012

   $ 3,719       $ 233       $ 201       $ (489   $ 3,664   

For the years ending:

             

2013

     2,059         7         15         (489     1,592   

2014

     1,459         4         —           (489     974   

2015

     1,002         —           —           (489     513   

2016

     557         —           —           (163     394   

2017

     172         —           —           —          172   

Thereafter

     120         —           —           —          120   

 

31


The following table shows interest income on earning assets and related average yields, as well as interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and related average rates paid for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

AVERAGE BALANCES, INCOME AND EXPENSES, YIELDS AND RATES (TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
     Yield /
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
     Yield /
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
     Yield /
Rate (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

                     

Securities:

                     

Taxable

   $ 462,996      $ 11,904         2.57   $ 427,443      $ 13,380         3.13   $ 407,975      $ 13,958         3.42

Tax-exempt

     179,977        11,155         6.20     167,818        10,897         6.49     142,099        9,569         6.73
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total securities (2)

     642,973        23,059         3.59     595,261        24,277         4.08     550,074        23,527         4.28

Loans, net (3) (4)

     2,875,916        159,682         5.55     2,818,022        166,869         5.92     2,750,756        167,615         6.09

Loans held for sale

     104,632        3,273         3.13     53,463        2,122         3.97     68,414        2,671         3.90

Federal funds sold

     365        1         0.24     351        1         0.24     12,910        17         0.13

Money market investments

     (0     —           0.00     96        —           0.00     171        —           0.00

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     25,980        70         0.24     51,450        130         0.24     29,444        74         0.25

Other interest-bearing deposits

     —          —           0.00     —          —           0.00     726        —           0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total earning assets

     3,649,865        186,086         5.10     3,518,643        193,399         5.50     3,412,495        193,904         5.68
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Allowance for loan losses

     (40,460          (40,105          (34,539     

Total non-earning assets

     365,820             383,090             374,613        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 3,975,225           $ 3,861,628           $ 3,752,569        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

                     

Interest-bearing deposits:

                     

Checking

   $ 419,550        445         0.11   $ 385,715        621         0.16   $ 345,927        765         0.22

Money market savings

     909,408        3,325         0.37     849,676        5,430         0.64     724,802        6,422         0.89

Regular savings

     197,228        662         0.34     172,627        638         0.37     151,169        560         0.37

Certificates of deposit: (5)

                     

$100,000 and over

     540,501        7,958         1.47     573,276        9,045         1.58     639,406        12,000         1.88

Under $100,000

     558,751        7,058         1.26     604,172        8,613         1.43     645,110        10,995         1.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     2,625,437        19,446         0.74     2,585,466        24,347         0.94     2,506,414        30,742         1.23

Other borrowings (6)

     296,935        8,062         2.72     289,776        8,366         2.89     331,786        7,503         2.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     2,922,373        27,508         0.94     2,875,242        32,713         1.14     2,838,200        38,245         1.35
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                     

Demand deposits

     577,740             513,352             468,631        

Other liabilities

     39,339             31,994             29,161        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     3,539,451             3,420,588             3,335,992        

Stockholders’ equity

     435,774             441,040             416,577        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,975,225           $ 3,861,628           $ 3,752,569        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 158,577           $ 160,686           $ 155,660      
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Interest rate spread (7)

          4.16          4.36          4.33

Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets

          0.75          0.93          1.12

Net interest margin (8)

          4.34          4.57          4.56

 

(1)    Rates and yields are annualized and calculated from actual, not rounded amounts in thousands, which appear above.

(2)    Interest income on securities includes $201 thousand, $387 thousand, and $510 thousand for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 in accretion of the fair market value

(3)    Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans outstanding.

(4)    Interest income on loans includes $3.7 million for year ended December 31, 2012 and $6.2 million for both years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 in accretion of the fair market value adjustments related to the acquisitions.

(5)    Interest expense on certificates of deposits includes $233 thousand, $886 thousand, and $3.2 million for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 in accretion of the fair market value adjustments related to the acquisitions.

(6)    Interest expense on borrowings includes $489 thousand for both years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and $898 thousand for year ended December 31, 2010 in amortization of the fair market value adjustments related to the acquisition of FMB.

(7)    Income and yields are reported on a taxable equivalent basis using the statutory federal corporate tax rate of 35%.

(8)    Core net interest margin excludes purchase accounting adjustments and was 4.24%, 4.37%, and 4.24% for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

 

32


The Volume Rate Analysis table below presents changes in interest income and interest expense and distinguishes between the changes related to increases or decreases in average outstanding balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (volume), and the changes related to increases or decreases in average interest rates on such assets and liabilities (rate). Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally. Results, on a taxable equivalent basis, are as follows in this Volume Rate Analysis table for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012 vs. 2011 Increase (Decrease)     2011 vs. 2010 Increase (Decrease)  
     Due to Change in:     Due to Change in:  
     Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Earning Assets:

            

Securities:

            

Taxable

   $ 1,050      $ (2,525   $ (1,475   $ 646      $ (1,217   $ (571

Tax-exempt

     768        (510     258        1,679        (351     1,328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

     1,818        (3,035     (1,217     2,325        (1,568     757   

Loans, net

     3,375        (10,562     (7,187     4,018        (4,764     (746

Loans held for sale

     1,678        (527     1,151        (596     47        (549

Federal funds sold

     —          —          —          (23     7        (16

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     (61     1        (60     52        (3     49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

   $ 6,810      $ (14,123   $ (7,313   $ 5,776      $ (6,281   $ (505
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

            

Interest-bearing deposits:

            

Checking

   $ 50      $ (227   $ (177   $ 80      $ (224   $ (144

Money market savings

     358        (2,463     (2,105     999        (1,991     (992

Regular savings

     88        (64     24        78        —          78   

Certificates of deposit:

            

$100,000 and over

     (501     (586     (1,087     (1,162     (1,793     (2,955

Under $100,000

     (619     (936     (1,555     (682     (1,700     (2,382
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     (624     (4,276     (4,900     (687     (5,708     (6,395

Other borrowings

     203        (507     (304     (1,037     1,900        863   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (421     (4,783     (5,204     (1,724     (3,808     (5,532
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 7,231      $ (9,340   $ (2,109   $ 7,500      $ (2,473   $ 5,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest Income

 

     For the Year Ended  
     Dollars in thousands  
     12/31/12     12/31/11     $     %  

Noninterest income:

        

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 9,033      $ 8,826      $ 207        2.3

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     10,898        9,736        1,162        11.9

Gains on securities transactions

     190        913        (723     NM   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

     —          (400     400        -100.0

Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net of commissions

     16,651        11,052        5,599        50.7

Gains (losses) on bank premises

     2        (996     998        NM   

Other operating income

     4,294        3,833        461        12.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total noninterest income

   $ 41,068      $ 32,964      $ 8,104        24.6

Mortgage segment operations

   $ (16,660   $ (11,050   $ (5,610     50.8

Intercompany eliminations

     468        468        —          0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 24,876      $ 22,382      $ 2,494        11.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

NM - Not Meaningful

        

 

33


For the year ending December 31, 2012, noninterest income increased $8.1 million, or 24.6%, to $41.1 million, from $33.0 million a year ago. Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net of commissions, increased $5.6 million driven by an increase in loan origination volume, a result of additional loan originators hired in 2012 and historically low interest rates. Service charges on deposit accounts and other account fees increased $1.4 million primarily related to higher net interchange fee income, higher brokerage commissions, and higher ATM fee income. In addition, gains on bank premises increased $998,000 as the Company sold a former branch building and recorded a loss on the sale of $626,000 during 2011. Gains on securities transactions decreased $723,000 as a result of a gain on the sale of municipal securities in the prior year. Also, other-than-temporary losses of $400,000 related to a single issuer trust preferred security was recorded in the prior year. Excluding mortgage segment operations, noninterest income increased $2.5 million, or 11.1%, from the same period a year ago.

 

     For the Year Ended  
     Dollars in thousands  
     12/31/11     12/31/10     $     %  

Noninterest income:

        

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 8,826      $ 9,105      $ (279     -3.1

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     9,736        8,874        862        9.7

Gains on securities transactions

     913        58        855        NM   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (400     —          (400     NM   

Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net of commissions

     11,052        11,798        (746     -6.3

Gains (losses) on bank premises

     (996     421        (1,417     NM   

Other operating income

     3,833        3,961        (128     -3.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total noninterest income

   $ 32,964      $ 34,217      $ (1,253     -3.7

Mortgage segment operations

   $ (11,050   $ (11,803   $ 753        -6.4

Intercompany eliminations

     468        468        —          0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 22,382      $ 22,882      $ (500     -2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

NM - Not Meaningful

For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest income decreased $1.3 million, or 3.7%, to $32.9 million from $34.2 million in 2010. Account service charges and other fees increased $583,000 primarily related to an increase in debit card fees of $763,000, ATM fees of $463,000, and brokerage commissions of $273,000, offset by a decline in account service charges of $279,000, largely related to overdraft fee volume. Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net of commission expenses, decreased $746,000 driven by lower origination volume in the mortgage company. During 2011, the Company recorded gains on sales of securities of $913,000 while also incurring a credit related other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) loss of $400,000. Also during 2011, the Company incurred a loss of $351,000 related to the disposal of bank owned property and a loss of $626,000 on the sale of a branch building compared to a gain on the sale of bank premises during 2010. Excluding mortgage segment operations, noninterest income decreased $500,000, or 2.2%, from 2010.

 

34


Noninterest Expense

 

     For the Year Ended
Dollars in thousands
 
     12/31/12     12/31/11     $     %  

Noninterest expense:

        

Salaries and benefits

   $ 68,648      $ 62,865      $ 5,783        9.2

Occupancy expenses

     12,150        11,104        1,046        9.4

Furniture and equipment expenses

     7,251        6,920        331        4.8

OREO and related costs (1)

     4,639        5,668        (1,029     -18.2

Other operating expenses

     40,791        44,258        (3,467     -7.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total noninterest expense

   $ 133,479      $ 130,815      $ 2,664        2.0

Mortgage segment operations

   $ (13,971   $ (9,793   $ (4,178     42.7

Intercompany eliminations

     468        468        —          0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 119,976      $ 121,490      $ (1,514     -1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

OREO related costs include foreclosure related expenses, gains/losses on the sale of OREO, valuation reserves, and asset resolution related legal expenses.

For the year ending December 31, 2012, noninterest expense increased $2.7 million, or 2.0%, to $133.5 million, from $130.8 million a year ago. Salaries and benefits expense increased $5.8 million due to the addition of mortgage loan originators and support personnel hired in 2012, group insurance cost increases, and severance expense recorded in the current year. Occupancy costs increased $1.0 million primarily due to the addition of mortgage offices in the first quarter of 2012 and increases in bank branch lease costs. Furniture and equipment expense increased $331,000, primarily related to equipment maintenance contracts and software amortization. Partially offsetting these increases were other operating expenses which decreased $3.5 million, or 7.8%, primarily due to reductions in FDIC insurance expense of $2.6 million resulting from changes in the assessment base and rate as well as lower core deposit intangible amortization expense of $1.2 million. Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) and related costs decreased $1.0 million, or 18.2%, during the current year due to lower valuation adjustments and losses on sales of OREO and declines in problem loan legal fees as asset quality continues to improve. Excluding mortgage segment operations, noninterest expense decreased $1.5 million, or 1.2%, compared to the same period in 2011.

 

     For the Year Ended
Dollars in thousands
 
     12/31/11     12/31/10     $     %  

Noninterest expense:

        

Salaries and benefits

   $ 62,865      $ 57,560      $ 5,305        9.2

Occupancy expenses

     11,104        11,417        (313     -2.7

Furniture and equipment expenses

     6,920        6,594        326        4.9

OREO and related costs (1)

     5,668        3,247        2,421        74.6

Other operating expenses

     44,258        51,102        (6,844     -13.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total noninterest expense

   $ 130,815      $ 129,920      $ 895        0.7

Mortgage segment operations

   $ (9,793   $ (9,007   $ (786     8.7

Intercompany eliminations

     468        468        —          0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 121,490      $ 121,381      $ 109        0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

OREO related costs include foreclosure related expenses, gains/losses on the sale of OREO, valuation reserves, and asset resolution related legal expenses.

 

35


For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest expense increased $895,000, or 0.7%, to $130.8 million, from $129.9 million in 2010. Salary and benefits costs increased $5.3 million, or 9.2%, primarily due to additional personnel related to overall growth of the Company. Other operating expenses decreased $6.8 million, or 13.4%. The reduction of other operating expenses is related to merger and acquisition costs of $8.7 million during 2010 compared to $426,000 in 2011, lower core deposit intangible amortization of $1.1 million, and lower FDIC insurance expense of $340,000 due to the lower assessment base and rate. OREO and related costs increased $2.4 million as a result of valuation adjustments and costs to maintain more properties in the portfolio. Excluding mortgage segment operations, noninterest expense increased $109,000, or 0.1%, from 2010 to 2011.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

Community Bank Segment

2012 compared to 2011

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $4.1 million, or 14.0%, to $32.9 million compared to $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 principally a result of lower provision for loan losses, a reduction in FDIC insurance due to change in base assessment and rate, lower amortization on the acquired deposit portfolio, and an increase in account service charges and fees. Partially offsetting these results were higher salaries and benefits costs and lower net interest income primarily due to reductions in interest-earning assets interest income outpacing lower costs on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income decreased $2.0 million, or 1.3%, when compared to the same period last year. The tax-equivalent net interest margin decreased by 23 basis points to 4.34% from 4.57% in the prior year. The decline in the net interest margin was principally due to the continued decline in accretion on the acquired net earning assets and a decline in income from interest-earning assets outpacing lower costs on interest-bearing liabilities. Lower interest-earning asset income was principally due to lower yields on loans and investment securities as new loans and renewed loans are originated and repriced at lower rates, faster prepayments on mortgage backed securities, and cash flows from securities investments are reinvested at lower yields.

Noninterest income increased $2.5 million, or 11.2%, to $24.9 million, from $22.4 million a year ago. Service charges on deposit accounts and other account fees increased $1.4 million primarily related to higher net interchange fee income, higher brokerage commissions, and higher ATM fee income. In addition, gains on bank premises increased $992,000 as the Company sold a former branch building and recorded a loss on the sale of $626,000 during 2011. Gains on securities transactions decreased $723,000 as a result of a gain on the sale of municipal securities in the prior year. Also, an other-than-temporary loss of $400,000 related to a single issuer trust preferred security was recorded in the prior year.

Noninterest expense decreased $1.5 million, or 1.2%, to $120.0 million, from $121.5 million a year ago. Salaries and benefits expense increased $2.8 million due to group insurance cost increases and severance payments to affected employees. Occupancy costs increased $747,000 primarily due to bank branch rent increases. Partially offsetting these cost increases were other operating expenses which decreased $5.2 million, or 11.0%. Included in the reduction of other operating expenses was a $2.6 million reduction in FDIC insurance due to change in base assessment and rate, lower core deposit intangible amortization of $1.2 million, and a decrease in conversion costs related to acquisition activity during the prior year.

2011 compared to 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net income for the community bank segment increased $9.0 million, or 45.7%, to $28.8 million compared to $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, principally a result of favorable net interest income and the absence of nonrecurring acquisition costs incurred in 2010. These improvements were partially offset by losses on sales of OREO and bank premises. Net interest income increased $5.7 million, or 3.8%, driven by declining costs on interest bearing liabilities, primarily certificates of deposit. The tax-equivalent net interest margin increased 2

 

36


basis points to 4.57% from 4.55% in 2010. The change in the net interest margin was a result of improvement in the cost of funds primarily related to declining rates on certificates of deposit and money market accounts, partially offset by lower yields on loans and loans held for sale and aided by the increase in interest-earning assets due to the acquisition of FMB in the first quarter of 2010 and the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch in the second quarter of 2011. Provision for loan loss decreased $7.6 million due to continued improvement in asset quality. Net interest income after provision for loan loss increased $13.3 million or 10.6%. All comparative results to the prior year exclude FMB results for the month of January 2010.

Noninterest income decreased $500,000, or 2.1%, to $22.4 million from $22.9 million in 2010. Driving this decrease were lower gains on sales of bank owned property of $1.4 million, a result of a loss on disposal of bank premises and equipment of $351,000 in 2011, loss on sale of a branch building of $626,000 in 2011, and a gain on sale of an investment property of $448,000 in 2011. Also during 2011, the Company incurred a credit-related, OTTI loss of $400,000, which was recognized in earnings. Partially offsetting this decrease were higher account service charges and other fees, which increased $583,000, and gains on the sale of securities of $913,000.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest expense increased $109,000, or 0.1%, to $121.5 million, from $121.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Salary and benefits expense increased $5.0 million, primarily related to additional personnel, as other operating expenses decreased $4.8 million, or 9.1%. Included in the reduction of other operating expenses were prior year costs associated with merger and acquisitions of $8.7 million during 2010 compared to $426,000 in 2011, lower amortization on the acquired deposit portfolio of $1.1 million, and lower FDIC insurance expense of $340,000 due to the lower assessment base and rate. The decline in these other operating expenses were partially offset by increases in OREO and related costs of $2.4 million as a result of valuation adjustments and costs to maintain more properties in the portfolio, franchise taxes of $1.2 million levied to include all of the former FMB branches, communication expenses of $930,000 related to increased online customer activity and additional branch locations, marketing and advertising costs of $444,000 primarily related to customer loyalty rewards programs, and professional fees of $413,000 related to continuing collection activity and problem loan workouts.

Mortgage Segment

2012 compared to 2011

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the mortgage segment net income increased $933,000, or 57.8%, from $1.6 million in 2011 to $2.5 million. In early 2012, the Company significantly increased its mortgage loan production capacity by hiring additional loan originators and support personnel who were formerly employed by a national mortgage company that exited the mortgage origination business. Originations increased by $436.8 million, or 66.2%, to $1.1 billion from $659.4 million in 2011 due to the addition of mortgage loan originators and the historically low interest rate environment. Gains on sales of loans, net of commission expenses, increased $5.6 million, or 50.7%, while salary and benefit expenses increased $3.0 million, or 55.4%, primarily due to the addition of mortgage loan originators and support personnel in early 2012. Refinanced loans represented 54.3% of originations during the year compared to 37.4% during 2011.

2011 compared to 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the mortgage segment net income decreased $1.5 million, or 48.5%, to $1.6 million from $3.1 million during 2010. Originations decreased by $149.3 million from $808.7 million to $659.4 million, or 18.5%, compared to 2010 due to declines in residential mortgage activity and the additional compliance demands of evolving regulatory requirements. Gains on the sale of loans, net of commission expenses, decreased $752,000, or 6.3%, driven largely by the decline in origination volume. Refinanced loans represented 37.4% of originations during 2011 compared to 43.1% for 2010. Net interest income declined $908,000, or 40.8%, from 2010, a result of an increase to the

 

37


warehouse line of credit borrowing rate by the Bank. Salary and benefit expenses increased $336,000 primarily due to higher salaries expense required to meet evolving regulatory and compliance demands. Other operating expenses increased $322,000, or 12.5%, primarily related to increased costs associated with the processing, underwriting, and compliance components of origination.

BALANCE SHEET

Balance Sheet Overview

At December 31, 2012, total assets were $4.1 billion, an increase of $188.8 million from December 31, 2011. Total cash and cash equivalents were $82.9 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $13.8 million from the same period last year. Investment in securities decreased $34.8 million, or 5.6%, from $620.2 million at December 31, 2011 to $585.4 million at December 31, 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2012, loans (net of unearned income) were $3.0 billion, an increase of $148.3 million, or 5.3%, from December 31, 2011. Mortgage loans held for sale were $167.7 million, an increase of $92.9 million from December 31, 2011 driven by an increase in mortgage origination volume resulting from the addition of mortgage loan originators and offices during 2012 and historically low mortgage interest rates.

As of December 31, 2012, total deposits were $3.3 billion, an increase of $122.7 million, or 3.9%, when compared to December 31, 2011. Total short-term borrowings, including FHLB borrowings and repurchase agreements, increased $69.3 million from December 31, 2011, as the Company relied on short-term borrowings to fund growth in mortgage loans held for sale balances and customer preference for repurchase agreements increased. As of December 31, 2012, long-term borrowings declined $18.6 million when compared to December 31, 2011. During the third quarter, the Company modified its fixed rate convertible FHLB advances to floating rate advances, which resulted in reducing the Company’s FHLB borrowing costs. In connection with this modification, the Company incurred a prepayment penalty of $19.6 million on the original advances which is being amortized, as a component of interest expense on borrowing, over the life of the advances. The prepayment amount is reported as a component of long-term borrowings in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received approval from the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) and its regulators to redeem the preferred stock issued to the Treasury and assumed by the Company as part of the 2010 acquisition of FMB. On December 7, 2011 the Company paid approximately $35.7 million to the Treasury in full redemption of the preferred stock. On February 2, 2012 the Company repurchased 335,649 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $4,363,437, or $13.00 per share. The Company transferred 115,384 of the repurchased shares to its ESOP and the remainder were retired. On December 20, 2012, the Company repurchased and retired 750,000 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $11,580,000, or $15.44 per share. Both repurchases were funded with cash on hand.

Securities Available for Sale and Restricted Stock

At December 31, 2012, the Company had securities available for sale, at fair value, in the amount of $606.1 million, or 14.8% of total assets, as compared to $640.8 million, or 16.4%, of total assets at December 31, 2011. The Company seeks to diversify its portfolio to minimize risk. It focuses on purchasing mortgage-backed securities for cash flow and reinvestment opportunities and securities issued by states and political subdivisions due to the tax benefits and the higher yield offered from these securities. All of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities are investment grade. The investment portfolio has a high percentage of municipals and mortgage-backed securities; therefore a higher taxable equivalent yield exists on the portfolio compared to its peers. The Company does not engage in structured derivative or hedging activities within the investment portfolio.

 

38


The following table sets forth a summary of the securities available for sale, at fair value as of December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011      2010  

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 2,849       $ 4,284       $ 9,961   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     229,778         200,207         175,032   

Corporate and other bonds

     7,212         12,240         15,065   

Mortgage-backed securities

     342,174         400,318         344,038   

Federal Reserve Bank stock

     6,754         6,714         6,716   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     13,933         13,947         18,345   

Other securities

     3,369         3,117         3,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale, at fair value

   $ 606,069       $ 640,827       $ 572,441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During each quarter and at year end, the Company conducts an assessment of the securities portfolio for OTTI consideration. The Company determined that a single issuer Trust Preferred security incurred credit-related OTTI of $400,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011. No OTTI was recognized in 2012, and there is no remaining unrealized loss for this issue. The Company monitors the portfolio, which is subject to liquidity needs, market rate changes and credit risk changes, to see if adjustments are needed. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities available for sale, at fair value and their weighted average yields as of December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     1 Year  or
Less
    1 - 5 Years     5 - 10 Years     Over 10 Years
and Equity
Securities
    Total  

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ —        $ 2,521      $ —        $ 60      $ 2,581   

Fair value

     —        $ 2,593        —        $ 256      $ 2,849   

Weighted average yield (1)

     —          2.60     —          —          2.54

Mortgage backed securities:

          

Amortized cost

     —        $ 4,274      $ 29,557      $ 301,496      $ 335,327   

Fair value

     —        $ 4,462      $ 31,027      $ 306,685      $ 342,174   

Weighted average yield (1)

     —          4.45     3.57     2.84     2.93

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 1,845      $ 9,108      $ 39,123      $ 164,903      $ 214,979   

Fair value

   $ 1,871      $ 9,417      $ 41,977      $ 176,513      $ 229,778   

Weighted average yield (1)

     6.93     5.79     6.23     5.61     5.74

Other securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 3,778      $ 509      $ 484      $ 5,860      $ 10,631   

Fair value

   $ 3,870      $ 544      $ 497      $ 5,670      $ 10,581   

Weighted average yield (1)

     2.41     5.17     4.69     8.29     5.88

Total securities available for sale:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 5,623      $ 16,412      $ 69,164      $ 472,319      $ 563,518   

Fair value

   $ 5,741      $ 17,016      $ 73,501      $ 489,124      $ 585,382   

Weighted average yield (1)

     3.89     4.93     5.08     3.87     4.05

 

(1)

Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

39


As of December 31, 2012, the Company maintained a diversified municipal bond portfolio with approximately 75% of its holdings in general obligation issues and the remainder backed by revenue bonds. Issuances within the Commonwealth of Virginia represented 12% and the State of Texas represented 21% of the municipal portfolio. No other state had a concentration above 10%. Approximately 89% of municipal holdings are considered investment grade by Moody’s or Standard & Poor. The non-investment grade securities are principally insured Texas municipalities with no underlying rating. When purchasing municipal securities, the Company focuses on strong underlying ratings for general obligation issuers or bonds backed by essential service revenues.

Loan Portfolio

Loans, net of unearned income, were $3.0 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Loans secured by real estate continue to represent the Company’s largest category, comprising 84.2% of the total loan portfolio.

The following table presents the composition of the Company’s loans, net of unearned income, and as a percentage of the Company’s total gross loans as of December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Mortgage loans on real estate:

                         

Residential 1-4 family

   $ 472,985         15.9   $ 447,544         15.9   $ 431,614         15.2   $ 349,277         18.6   $ 292,003         15.6

Commercial

     1,044,396         35.2     985,934         34.9     924,548         32.6     596,773         31.8     550,680         29.4

Construction, land development and other land loans

     470,638         15.9     444,739         15.8     489,601         17.3     307,726         16.4     403,502         21.5

Second mortgages

     39,925         1.3     55,630         2.0     64,534         2.3     34,942         1.9     38,060         2.0

Equity lines of credit

     307,668         10.4     304,320         10.8     305,741         10.8     182,449         9.7     162,740         8.7

Multifamily

     140,038         4.7     108,260         3.8     91,397         3.2     46,581         2.5     37,321         2.0

Farm land

     22,776         0.8     26,962         1.0     26,787         0.9     26,191         1.4     30,727         1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     2,498,426         84.2     2,373,389         84.2     2,334,222         82.3     1,543,939         82.4     1,515,033         80.8

Commercial Loans

     186,528         6.3     169,695         6.0     180,840         6.4     126,157         6.7     146,827         7.8

Consumer installment loans

                         

Personal

     222,812         7.5     241,753         8.6     277,184         9.8     148,811         7.9     160,161         8.5

Credit cards

     21,968         0.7     19,006         0.7     19,308         0.6     17,743         0.9     15,723         0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer installment loans

     244,780         8.2     260,759         9.3     296,492         10.4     166,554         8.8     175,884         9.3

All other loans

     37,113         1.3     14,740         0.5     25,699         0.9     37,574         2.0     36,344         1.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross loans

     2,966,847         100.0     2,818,583         100.0     2,837,253         100.0     1,874,224         100.0     1,874,088         100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

The following table presents the remaining maturities and type of rate (variable or fixed) on commercial and real estate constructions loans as of December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

                Variable Rate     Fixed Rate  
    Total
Maturities
    Less than
1 year
    Total     1-5 years     More than
5 years
    Total     1-5 years     More than
5 years
 

Commercial real estate

  $ 1,044,396      $ 202,921      $ 95,683      $ 87,324      $ 8,359      $ 745,792      $ 496,903      $ 248,889   

Construction, land development and other land loans

  $ 470,638      $ 333,493      $ 1,772      $ 1,750      $ 22      $ 135,373      $ 119,113      $ 16,260   

Commercial

  $ 186,528      $ 82,390      $ 934      $ 934      $ —        $ 103,204      $ 76,683      $ 26,521   

While the current economic environment is challenging, the Company remains committed to originating soundly underwritten loans to qualifying borrowers within its markets. The Company is focused on providing community-based financial services and discourages the origination of portfolio loans outside of its principal trade areas. To manage the growth of the real estate loans in the loan portfolio, facilitate asset/liability management and generate additional fee income, the Company sells most conforming first mortgage residential real estate loans to the secondary market as they are originated. Union Mortgage serves as a mortgage brokerage operation, selling the majority of its loan production in the secondary market or selling loans to meet the Bank’s current asset/liability management needs. This venture has provided the Bank’s customers with enhanced mortgage products and the Company with improved efficiencies through the consolidation of this function.

 

40


Asset Quality

Overview

The Company experienced improvement in asset quality during 2012. Improving market conditions in the Company’s local markets led to a reduction in nonperforming assets, which are at their lowest levels since the fourth quarter of 2009. The Company’s reduction in nonaccrual and impaired loans, lower past due loan levels, decline in troubled debt restructurings, stable levels of OREO and charge-offs to total loans, decreased allowance to loans ratios, and continued lower levels of provisions for loan losses demonstrate that its dedicated efforts to improve asset quality are having a positive impact. The allowance to nonperforming loans coverage ratio has continued to increase and is at its highest level since the fourth quarter of 2009. The magnitude of any change in the real estate market and its impact on the Company is still largely dependent upon continued recovery of residential housing and commercial real estate and the pace at which the local economies in the Company’s operating markets improve.

The Company’s continued proactive efforts to effectively manage its loan portfolio have contributed to the improvement in asset quality. Efforts include identifying existing problem credits as well as generating new business relationships. Through early identification and diligent monitoring of specific problem credits where the uncertainty has been realized, or conversely, has been reduced or eliminated, the Company’s management has been able to quantify the credit risk in its loan portfolio, adjust collateral dependent credits to appropriate reserve levels, and further identify those credits not recoverable. The Company continues to refrain from originating or purchasing loans from foreign entities or loans classified by regulators as highly leveraged transactions. The Company’s loan portfolio generally does not include exposure to option adjustable rate mortgage products, high loan-to-value ratio mortgages, interest only mortgage loans, subprime mortgage loans or mortgage loans with initial teaser rates, which are all considered higher risk instruments.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”)

On July 1, 2011 the Company adopted the amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02 Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“ASU 2011-02”). As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, the Company reassessed all loans that were renewed on or after January 1, 2011 for identification as a troubled debt restructuring. Under this enhanced guidance, the borrower must be experiencing financial difficulty and the bank must have made a concession to such borrower. The Company identified as troubled debt restructurings certain loans for which impairment had previously been measured collectively within their homogeneous pool. Upon identifying those loans as TDRs, the Company identified them as impaired under the guidance in ASC 310-10-35. The amendments in ASU 2011-02 require prospective evaluation of the impairment measurement guidance for those receivables newly identified as impaired. At December 31, 2011, the recorded investment in loans for which the allowance for loan losses were previously measured collectively within their homogeneous pool and now considered impaired, due to being designated as a TDR, was $23.7 million, and the allowance for loan losses associated with those loans, on the basis of a current evaluation of loss, was $221,000. The impact of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s non-performing assets, allowance for loan losses, earnings, or capital.

The Company generally does not provide concession on interest rates, with the primary concession being an extension of the term of the loan from the original maturity date. Restructured loans for which there was no rate concession, and therefore made at a market rate of interest, may be eligible to be removed from TDR status in periods subsequent to the restructuring depending on the performance of the loan. The Company reviews previously restructured loans quarterly in order to determine whether any has performed, subsequent to the restructure, at a level that would allow for it to be removed from TDR status. The Company generally would consider a change in this classification if the loan has performed under the restructured terms for a consecutive twelve month period.

 

41


The total recorded investment in TDRs as of December 31, 2012 was $63.5 million, a decrease of $49.1 million, or 43.6%, from $112.6 million as of December 31, 2011. The decline in the TDR balance from the prior year is attributable to $42.2 million being removed from TDR status, $19.9 million in net payments, and $300,000 in charge-offs, partially offset by additions of $13.3 million. Loans removed from TDR status represent restructured loans with a market rate of interest at the time of the restructuring, which were performing in accordance with their modified terms for a consecutive twelve month period and that were no longer considered impaired. The TDR activity during the year did not have a material impact on the Company’s nonperforming assets, allowance for loan losses, financial condition, or results of operations.

Of the total loans designated as TDRs at December 31, 2012, $13.3 million were restructured during the year. Of the $13.3 million of newly identified TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2012, $5.9 million, or 44.4%, had previously been reported as being impaired with appropriate impairment allowances previously established. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company had four loans with a recorded investment of $1.5 million that had been restructured in the twelve month period preceding the default. This low default rate indicates that the modifications made by the Company have been successful in assisting its customers and mitigating the risk in the overall loan portfolio.

Of the $63.5 million of TDRs at December 31, 2012, $51.5 million, or 81.1%, were considered performing while the remaining $12.0 million were considered nonperforming. Of the $112.6 million of TDRs at December 31, 2011, $98.8 million, or 87.7%, were considered performing while the remaining $13.8 million were considered nonperforming. At December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately $45.2 million, or 71.2% of total restructured loans, that were restructured at a market rate of interest and thus will be included in the aforementioned quarterly review process for possible removal.

 

42


The following table provides a summary, by class and modification type, of modified loans that continue to accrue interest under the terms of the restructuring agreement, which are considered to be performing, and modified loans that have been placed in nonaccrual status, which are considered to be nonperforming, as of December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

    Performing     Nonperforming     Total  
    No. of
Loans
    Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Commitment
    No. of
Loans
    Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Commitment
    No. of
Loans
    Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Commitment
 

Modified to interest only, at a market rate

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

    1      $ 216      $ —          —        $ —        $ —          1      $ 216      $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

    2        633        —          2        514        —          4        1,147        —     

Raw Land and Lots

    3        257        —          —          —          —          3        257        —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

    3        261        —          —          —          —          3        261        —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

    2        510        —          —          —          —          2        510        —     

Indirect Marine

    —          —          —          1        158        —          1        158        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total modified to interest only

    11      $ 1,877      $ —          3      $ 672      $ —          14      $ 2,549      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term modification, at a market rate

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Construction

    5      $ 4,549      $ 73        1      $ 709      $ —          6      $ 5,258      $ 73   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

    6        4,790        —          1        896        —          7        5,686        —     

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

    6        10,080        —          —          —          —          6        10,080        —     

Raw Land and Lots

    4        16,669        —          1        595        —          5        17,264        —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

    2        283        —          —          —          —          2        283        —     

Commercial and Industrial

    3        724        —          7        1,251        —          10        1,975        —     

Other Commercial

    1        236        —          —          —          —          1        236        —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

    8        1,183        —          1        202        —          9        1,385        —     

Other Consumer

    4        460        —          —          —          —          4        460        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total term modification, at a market rate

    39      $ 38,974      $ 73        11      $ 3,653      $ —          50      $ 42,627      $ 73   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term modification, below market rate

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Construction

    —        $ —        $ —          3      $ 3,551      $ —          3      $ 3,551      $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

    4        1,003        —          2        183        —          6        1,186        —     

Raw Land and Lots

    6        5,960        —          1        3,437        —          7        9,397        —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

    1        384        —          2        427        —          3        811        —     

Commercial and Industrial

    2        317        —          —          —          —          2        317        —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

    2        563        —          —          —          —          2        563        —     

Other Consumer

    —          —          —          1        68        —          1        68        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total term modification, below market rate

    15      $ 8,227      $ —          9      $ 7,666      $ —          24      $ 15,893      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate modification, below market rate

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

    2      $ 2,390      $ —          —        $ —        $ —          2      $ 2,390      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest rate modification, below market rate

    2      $ 2,390      $ —          —        $ —        $ —          2      $ 2,390      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    67      $ 51,468      $ 73        23      $ 11,991      $ —          90      $ 63,459      $ 73   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

43


The following table provides a summary, by class and modification type, of modified loans that continue to accrue interest under the terms of the restructuring agreement, which are considered to be performing, and modified loans that have been placed in nonaccrual status, which are considered to be nonperforming, as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

    Performing     Nonperforming     Total  
    No. of
Loans
    Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Commitment
    No. of
Loans
    Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Commitment
    No. of
Loans
    Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Commitment
 

Modified to interest only, at a market rate

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

    2      $ 398      $ —          —        $ —        $ —          2      $ 398      $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

    1        301        —          1        218        —          2        519        —     

Raw Land and Lots

    —          —          —          1        341        —          1        341        —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

    —          —          —          1        93        —          1        93        —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

    —          —          —          1        538        —          1        538        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total modified to interest only

    3      $ 699      $ —          4      $ 1,190      $ —          7      $ 1,889      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term modification, at a market rate

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Construction

    14      $ 21,461      $ 3,185        1      $ 762      $ —          15      $ 22,223      $ 3,185   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

    7        7,052        180        —          —          —          7        7,052        180   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

    15        21,476        13        1        74        —          16        21,550        13   

Raw Land and Lots

    11        25,425        1        2        358        —          13        25,783        1   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

    10        6,750        —          1        529        —          11        7,279        —     

Commercial and Industrial

    10        4,629        204        3        1,134        —          13        5,763        204   

Other Commercial

    4        864        —          —          —          —          4        864        —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

    —          —          —          4        538        —          4        538        —     

Other Consumer

    2        263        —          1        265        —          3        528        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total term modification, at a market rate

    73      $ 87,920      $ 3,583        13      $ 3,660      $ —          86      $ 91,580      $ 3,583   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term modification, below market rate

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Construction

    —        $ —        $ —          4      $ 4,591      $ —          4      $ 4,591      $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

    2        546        —          —          —          —          2        546        —     

Raw Land and Lots

    4        7,025        —          3        3,643        —          7        10,668        —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

    2        1,775        —          2        720        —          4        2,495        —     

Commercial and Industrial

    2        362        —          —          —          —          2        362        —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

    1        507        —          —          —          —          1        507        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total term modification, below market rate

    11      $ 10,215      $ —          9      $ 8,954      $ —          20      $ 19,169      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    87      $ 98,834      $ 3,583        26      $ 13,804      $ —          113      $ 112,638      $ 3,583   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming Assets (“NPAs”)

At December 31, 2012, nonperforming assets totaled $59.0 million, a decrease of $18.1 million, or 23.5%, from the prior year-end. The decrease in NPAs during the year related to a net decrease in nonaccrual loans, excluding purchased impaired loans, of $18.6 million, or 41.5%, offset by a slight net increase in OREO of $571,000, or 1.8%. In addition, NPAs as a percentage of total outstanding loans declined 75 basis points to 1.99% from 2.74% at the end of the prior year.

 

44


The following table presents a five-year comparison of nonperforming assets as of December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Nonaccrual loans (excluding purchased impaired)

   $ 26,206      $ 44,834      $ 61,716      $ 22,348      $ 14,412   

Foreclosed properties

     32,834        31,243        35,102        21,489        6,511   

Real estate investment

     —          1,020        1,020        1,020        629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets (“NPAs”)

     59,040        77,097        97,838        44,857        21,552   

Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest

     8,843        19,911        15,332        7,296        3,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets and Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest

   $ 67,883      $ 97,008      $ 113,170      $ 52,153      $ 24,634   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing Restructurings

   $ 51,468      $ 98,834      $ 13,086      $ —        $ —     

NPAs to total loans

     1.99     2.74     3.45     2.39     1.15

NPAs & loans 90 days past due to total loans

     2.29     3.44     3.99     2.78     1.31

NPAs to total loans & OREO

     1.97     2.70     3.40     2.36     1.15

NPAs & loans 90 days past due to total loans & OREO

     2.26     3.40     3.94     2.75     1.31

ALLL to nonaccrual loans

     133.24     88.04     62.23     136.41     176.91

ALLL to nonaccrual loans & loans 90 days past due

     99.62     60.96     49.85     102.83     145.74

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2012 included $26.2 million in nonaccrual loans (excluding purchased impaired loans), a net decrease of $18.6 million, or 41.5%, from the prior year. The following table shows the activity in nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Beginning Balance

   $ 44,834      $ 61,716      $ 22,348   

Net customer payments

     (13,624     (18,661     (8,985

Additions

     10,265        19,905        75,099   

Charge-offs

     (8,510     (8,716     (10,005

Loans returning to accruing status

     (3,455     (3,607     (1,017

Transfers to OREO

     (3,304     (5,803     (15,724
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 26,206      $ 44,834      $ 61,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The additions during the year were primarily related to commercial loans and mortgages. The majority of the net reduction in nonaccrual loans during the year was related to the commercial loan portfolio.

The following table presents the composition of nonaccrual loans (excluding purchased impaired loans) and the coverage ratio, which is the allowance for loan losses expressed as a percentage of nonaccrual loans, at the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Raw Land and Lots

   $ 8,760      $ 13,322      $ 22,546   

Commercial Construction

     5,781        10,276        11,410   

Commercial Real Estate

     3,018        7,993        10,157   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     3,420        5,048        10,226   

Commercial and Industrial

     2,036        5,297        4,797   

Other Commercial

     193        238        458   

Consumer

     2,998        2,660        2,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 26,206      $ 44,834      $ 61,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Coverage Ratio

     133.24     88.04     62.23

 

45


Impairment analyses provided appropriate reserves on these nonperforming loans while appropriate reserves on homogenous pools continue to be maintained. The increase in the coverage ratio is primarily related to a decline in nonperforming loans.

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2012 also included $32.8 million in OREO, a net increase of $571,000, or 1.8%, from the prior year. The following table shows the activity in OREO for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Beginning Balance

   $ 32,263      $ 36,122      $ 22,509   

Additions

     14,275        11,625        24,792   

Capitalized Improvements

     380        528        404   

Valuation Adjustments

     (301     (707     (43

Proceeds from sales

     (13,152     (14,240     (11,747

Gains (losses) from sales

     (631     (1,065     207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 32,834      $ 32,263      $ 36,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The additions were principally related to commercial real estate, single-family residences, and raw land; sales from OREO were principally related to residential real estate, including single-family residences and developed lots, commercial property, and former bank premises.

The following table presents the composition of the OREO portfolio at the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Land

   $ 8,657       $ 6,327       $ 7,689   

Land Development

     10,886         11,309         11,233   

Residential Real Estate

     7,939         11,024         13,402   

Commercial Real Estate

     5,352         2,583         2,778   

Former Bank Premises (1)

     —           1,020         1,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32,834       $ 32,263       $ 36,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes closed branch property and land previously held for branch sites.

Included in land development is $9.2 million related to a residential community in the Northern Neck region of Virginia, which includes developed residential lots, a golf course and undeveloped land. Foreclosed properties were adjusted to their fair values at the time of each foreclosure and any losses were taken as loan charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses at that time. OREO asset valuations are also evaluated at least quarterly by the Bank’s Special Asset Loan Committee and any necessary write downs to fair value are recorded as impairment and charged against earnings.

Past Due Loans

At December 31, 2012, total accruing past due loans, excluding purchased impaired, were $32.4 million, or 1.09% of total loans, a decrease from $39.3 million, or 1.40%, a year ago. This net decrease of $6.9 million, or 17.6%, is a result of management’s diligence in handling problem loans and an improving economy.

Charge-offs and delinquencies

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net charge-offs of loans were $16.8 million, or 0.56%, compared to $15.7 million, or 0.56%, last year. Of the $16.8 million in net charge-offs, approximately $11.9 million, or 71%, related to impaired loans specifically reserved for in prior periods, including two loan relationships totaling $5.6 million that were charged off in the fourth quarter of 2012. Net charge-offs in the current year included commercial loans of $12.3 million and consumer loans of $4.5 million.

 

46


Provision

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $12.2 million, a decrease of $4.6 million, or 27.4%, from December 31, 2011. The lower provision for loan losses compared to last year reflects continued improvements in asset quality. The provision to loans ratio for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 0.41% compared to 0.60% at December 31, 2011.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, adjusted for acquired loans (non-GAAP), was 1.40% at December 31, 2012, a decrease from 1.83% a year ago. In acquisition accounting, there is no carryover of previously established allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio was 1.18% at December 31, 2012, a decrease from 1.40% at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the allowance and related ratios was primarily attributable to the charge-off of impaired loans specifically reserved for in prior periods as shown in the following table:

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 142,415      $ 242,833      $ 274,932      $ 119,745      $ 114,662   

Related allowance

   $ 6,921      $ 10,298      $ 11,257      $ 6,654      $ 3,814   

ALLL to loans individually evaluated for impairment

     4.86     4.24     4.09     5.56     3.33

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,824,432      $ 2,575,750      $ 2,562,321      $ 1,754,479      $ 1,759,426   

Related allowance

   $ 27,995      $ 29,172      $ 27,149      $ 23,830      $ 21,682   

ALLL to loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     0.99     1.13     1.06     1.36     1.23

Total loans

   $ 2,966,847      $ 2,818,583      $ 2,837,253      $ 1,874,224      $ 1,874,088   

Related allowance

   $ 34,916      $ 39,470      $ 38,406      $ 30,484      $ 25,496   

ALLL to total loans

     1.18     1.40     1.35     1.63     1.36

The Company saw declines in both past due loans, as previously described, and impaired loans during the year. Total impaired loans, both individually and collectively evaluated for impairment, have declined $99.7 million, or 39.1%, to $155.4 million at December 31, 2012 from $255.1 million a year ago. The nonaccrual loan coverage ratio also improved, as it increased to 133.24% at December 31, 2012 from 88.04% at December 31, 2011. The rise in the coverage ratio, which is at the highest level since the fourth quarter of 2009, illustrates that management’s proactive diligence in working through problem credits is having a significant impact on asset quality. The current level of the allowance for loan losses reflects specific reserves related to nonperforming loans, current risk ratings on loans, net charge-off activity, loan growth, delinquency trends, and other credit risk factors that the Company considers in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

47


The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for loan losses over the past five years ended December 31, for the years presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 39,470      $ 38,406      $ 30,484      $ 25,496      $ 19,336   

Loans charged-off:

          

Commercial

     1,439        2,183        2,205        2,039        1,638   

Real estate

     14,127        12,669        12,581        8,702        18   

Consumer

     2,899        3,014        3,763        3,667        2,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans charged-off

     18,465        17,866        18,549        14,408        4,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     207        413        551        71        52   

Real estate

     465        571        628        807        —     

Consumer

     1,039        1,146        924        272        288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1,711        2,130        2,103        1,150        340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     16,754        15,736        16,446        13,258        3,860   

Provision for loan losses

     12,200        16,800        24,368        18,246        10,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 34,916      $ 39,470      $ 38,406      $ 30,484      $ 25,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to loans

     1.18     1.40     1.35     1.63     1.36

Allowance-to-legacy loans (Non-GAAP)

     1.40     1.83     1.88     N/A        N/A   

Net charge-offs to total loans

     0.56     0.56     0.58     0.71     0.21

Provision to total loans

     0.41     0.60     0.86     0.97     0.53

The following table shows both an allocation of the allowance for loan losses among loan categories based upon the loan portfolio’s composition and the ratio of the related outstanding loan balances to total loans as of December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     $      % (1)     $      % (1)     $      % (1)     $      % (1)     $      % (1)  

Commercial

   $ 2,195         6.3   $ 2,376         6.0   $ 2,448         6.4   $ 2,052         6.7   $ 1,998         7.8

Real estate

     29,403         84.2     33,236         84.2     31,597         82.3     25,112         82.4     20,611         80.8

Consumer

     3,318         9.5     3,858         9.8     4,361         11.3     3,320         10.9     2,887         11.4
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 34,916         100.0   $ 39,470         100.0   $ 38,406         100.0   $ 30,484         100.0   $ 25,496         100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) The percent represents the loan balance divided by total loans.

Deposits

As of December 31, 2012, total average deposits were $3.2 billion, up $104.4 million from December 31, 2011. Total interest-bearing deposits consist principally of time deposits and money market account balances. Total time deposits and money market accounts were $1.1 billion and $909.4 million, respectively, or 76.5% of total interest-bearing deposits. During 2012, the Company experienced a shift from time deposits into lower cost transaction (demand deposits, NOW, money market, and savings) accounts. This shift was driven by the Company’s focus on acquiring low cost deposits and customer preference for liquidity in a historically low interest rate environment.

 

48


The average deposits and rates paid for the past three years and maturities of time deposits as of December 31 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 577,740         $ 513,352         $ 468,631      

Interest-bearing deposits:

               

NOW accounts

     419,550         0.11     385,715         0.16     345,927         0.22

Money market accounts

     909,408         0.37     849,676         0.64     724,802         0.89

Savings accounts

     197,228         0.34     172,627         0.37     151,169         0.37

Time deposits of $100,000 and over

     540,501         1.47     573,276         1.58     639,406         1.88

Brokered CDs

     —           0.00     —           0.00     —           0.00

Other time deposits

     558,750         1.26     604,172         1.43     645,110         1.70
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing

     2,625,437         0.74     2,585,466         0.94     2,506,414         1.23
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total average deposits

   $ 3,203,177         $ 3,098,818         $ 2,975,045      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

                                 Percent Of  
     Within 3      3 - 12      Over 12             Total  
     Months      Months      Months      Total      Deposits  

Maturities of time deposits of $100,000 and over

     98,860         193,703         216,067         508,630         15.42

Maturities of other time deposits

     84,228         228,813         211,069         524,110         15.89
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total time deposits

   $ 183,088       $ 422,516       $ 427,136       $ 1,032,740         31.32
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital Resources

Capital resources represent funds, earned or obtained, over which financial institutions can exercise greater or longer control in comparison with deposits and borrowed funds. The adequacy of the Company’s capital is reviewed by management on an ongoing basis with reference to size, composition, and quality of the Company’s resources and consistency with regulatory requirements and industry standards. Management seeks to maintain a capital structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated asset growth and to absorb potential losses, yet allow management to effectively leverage its capital to maximize return to shareholders.

The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted capital guidelines to supplement the existing definitions of capital for regulatory purposes and to establish minimum capital standards. Specifically, the guidelines categorize assets and off-balance sheet items into four risk-weighted categories. The minimum ratio of qualifying total assets is 8.0%, of which 4.0% must be Tier 1 capital, consisting of common equity, retained earnings and a limited amount of perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangible items. The Company had a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 14.57% and 14.51% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 13.14% and 12.85% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, allowing the Company to meet the definition of “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes. Both of these ratios exceeded the fully phased-in capital requirements in 2012 and 2011. The Company’s common equity to asset ratio at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were 10.64% and 10.79%, respectively.

In connection with two bank acquisitions, Prosperity Bank & Trust Company and Guaranty Financial Corporation, the Company has issued trust preferred capital notes to fund the cash portion of those acquisitions, collectively totaling $58.5 million. The total of the trust preferred capital notes currently qualify for Tier 1 capital of the Company for regulatory purposes.

On December 7, 2011, the Company paid approximately $35.7 million to the Treasury in full redemption of the Preferred Stock assumed by the Company as part of the 2010 merger with First Market Bank. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of FMB, the Company’s Board of Directors established a series of preferred stock with substantially identical preferences, rights and limitations to the First Market Bank preferred stock, except as explained below. Pursuant to the closing of the acquisition, each share of First Market Bank Series B and Series C preferred stock was exchanged for one share of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company was scheduled to pay cumulative

 

49


dividends to the Treasury at a rate of 5.19% per annum for the first five years and thereafter at a rate of 9.0% per annum. The 5.19% dividend rate was a blended rate comprised of the dividend rate of the 33,900 shares of First Market Bank 5% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and 1,695 shares of First Market Bank 9% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company was non-voting and each share had a liquidation preference of $1,000. As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not hold any Preferred Stock.

As part of the Company’s capital management program the Company completed two separate repurchases of its common stock during 2012. On February 2, 2012 the Company repurchased 335,649 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $4,363,437, or $13.00 per share. The Company transferred 115,384 of the repurchased shares to its ESOP and the remainder were retired. Also, on December 20, 2012, the Company repurchased and retired 750,000 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $11,580,000, or $15.44 per share. Both repurchases were funded with cash on hand.

The following summarizes the Company’s regulatory capital and related ratios over the past three years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Tier 1 capital:

      

Preferred stock - liquidity value

   $ —        $ —        $ 35,595   

Common stock - par value

     33,510        34,672        34,532   

Surplus

     176,635        187,493        185,763   

Retained earnings

     215,634        189,824        169,801   

Discount on preferred stock

     —          —          (1,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     425,779        411,989        424,514   

Plus: qualifying trust preferred capital notes

     58,500        58,500        58,500   

Less: disallowed intangibles

     75,211        80,547        85,227   

Plus: goodwill deferred tax liability

     810        681        378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

     409,878        390,623        398,165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

      

Net unrealized gain/loss on equity securities

     128        83        —     

Subordinated debt

     9,522        12,305        14,892   

Allowance for loan losses

     34,916        38,007        38,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 capital

     44,566        50,395        53,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital

   $ 454,445      $ 441,019      $ 451,535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

   $ 3,119,063      $ 3,039,099      $ 3,075,330   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital ratios:

      

Tier 1 risk -based capital ratio

     13.14     12.85     12.95

Total risk -based capital ratio

     14.57     14.51     14.68

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets)

     10.52     10.34     10.55

Common equity to total assets

     10.64     10.79     11.16

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

     8.97     8.91     8.22

Commitments and off-balance sheet obligations

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contractual amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments. For more information pertaining to these commitments, reference Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

50


The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Unless noted otherwise, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support off-balance sheet financial instruments with credit risk.

At December 31, 2012, UMG had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans amounting to $133.3 million and loans held for sale of $167.7 million. UMG has entered into corresponding commitments on a best-efforts basis to sell loans on a servicing-released basis totaling approximately $301.0 million. These commitments to sell loans are designed to eliminate the mortgage company’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in connection with rate lock commitments and loans held for sale.

The following table represents the Company’s other commitments with balance sheet or off-balance sheet risk as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011  

Commitments with off-balance sheet risk:

     

Commitments to extend credit (1)

   $ 844,766       $ 720,317   

Standby letters of credit

     45,536         38,068   

Mortgage loan rate lock commitments

     133,326         45,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments with off-balance sheet risk

   $ 1,023,628       $ 804,205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments with balance sheet risk:

     

Loans held for sale

   $ 167,698       $ 74,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other commitments

   $ 1,191,326       $ 879,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes unfunded overdraft protection.

The following table presents the Company’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due at the various intervals over the next five years and beyond as of December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt

   $ 197,125       $ —         $ —         $ 15,870       $ 181,255   

Operating leases

     35,493         5,180         9,400         7,389         13,524   

Other short-term borrowings

     78,000         78,000         —           —           —     

Repurchase agreements

     54,270         54,270         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 364,888       $ 137,450       $ 9,400       $ 23,259       $ 194,779   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For more information pertaining to the previous table, reference Note 5 “Bank Premise and Equipment” and Note 8 “Borrowings” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of the Form 10-K.

Interest Sensitivity

Interest rate risk is monitored through the use of three complementary modeling tools: static gap analysis, earnings simulation modeling, and economic value simulation (net present value estimation). Each of these models measures changes in a variety of interest rate scenarios. While each of the interest rate risk models has limitations, taken together they represent a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk in the Company, the distribution of risk along the yield curve, the level of risk through time, and the amount of exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships. Static gap, which

 

51


measures aggregate re-pricing values, is less utilized because it does not effectively measure the options risk impact on the Company and is not addressed here. Earnings simulation and economic value models, which more effectively measure the cash flow and optionality impacts, are utilized by management on a regular basis and are explained below.

The Company determines the overall magnitude of interest sensitivity risk and then formulates policies and practices governing asset generation and pricing, funding sources and pricing, and off-balance sheet commitments. These decisions are based on management’s expectations regarding future interest rate movements, the states of the national, regional and local economies, and other financial and business risk factors. The Company uses computer simulation modeling to measure and monitor the effect of various interest rate scenarios and business strategies on net interest income. This modeling reflects interest rate changes and the related impact on net interest income and net income over specified time horizons.

At December 31, 2012, the Company was in an asset-sensitive position when assessing net interest income sensitivity over the next 12 month time horizon. Management’s earnings simulation model indicates net interest income will increase as rates increase and decrease when rates decrease. An asset-sensitive company generally will be impacted favorably by increasing interest rates while a liability-sensitive company’s net interest margin and net interest income generally will be impacted favorably by declining interest rates.

Earnings Simulation Analysis

Management uses simulation analysis to measure the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates. The model calculates an earnings estimate based on current and projected balances and rates. This method is subject to the accuracy of the assumptions that underlie the process, but it provides a better analysis of the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates than other analyses, such as the static gap analysis discussed above.

Assumptions used in the model are derived from historical trends and management’s outlook and include loan and deposit growth rates and projected yields and rates. Such assumptions are monitored by management and periodically adjusted as appropriate. All maturities, calls and prepayments in the securities portfolio are assumed to be reinvested in like instruments. Mortgage loans and mortgage backed securities prepayment assumptions are based on industry estimates of prepayment speeds for portfolios with similar coupon ranges and seasoning. Different interest rate scenarios and yield curves are used to measure the sensitivity of earnings to changing interest rates. Interest rates on different asset and liability accounts move differently when the prime rate changes and are reflected in the different rate scenarios.

The Company uses its simulation model to estimate earnings in rate environments where rates are instantaneously shocked up or down around a “most likely” rate scenario, based on implied forward rates. The analysis assesses the impact on net interest income over a 12 month time horizon after an immediate increase or “shock” in rates, of 100 basis points up to 300 basis points. The shock down 200 or 300 basis points analysis is not as meaningful as interest rates across most of the yield curve are at historic lows and cannot decrease another 200 or 300 basis points. The model, under all scenarios, does not drop the index below zero.

 

52


The following table represents the interest rate sensitivity on net interest income for the Company across the rate paths modeled for balances ended December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Change In Net Interest Income  
     %     $  

Change in Yield Curve:

    

+300 basis points

     2.99        4,742   

+200 basis points

     1.77        2,807   

+100 basis points

     0.48        762   

Most likely rate scenario

     —          —     

-100 basis points

     (2.11     (3,353

-200 basis points

     (3.34     (5,293

-300 basis points

     (3.51     (5,559

Economic Value Simulation

Economic value simulation is used to calculate the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities over different interest rate environments. Economic values are calculated based on discounted cash flow analysis. The net economic value of equity is the economic value of all assets minus the economic value of all liabilities. The change in net economic value over different rate environments is an indication of the longer-term earnings capability of the balance sheet. The same assumptions are used in the economic value simulation as in the earnings simulation. The economic value simulation uses instantaneous rate shocks to the balance sheet.

The following chart reflects the estimated change in net economic value over different rate environments using economic value simulation for the balances at the period ended December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Change In Economic Value Of Equity  
     %     $  

Change in Yield Curve:

    

+300 basis points

     (5.77     (32,274

+200 basis points

     (3.25     (18,172

+100 basis points

     (1.46     (8,149

Most likely rate scenario

     —          —     

-100 basis points

     (2.87     (16,052

-200 basis points

     (4.05     (22,621

-300 basis points

     (3.36     (18,768

The shock down 200 or 300 basis points analysis is not as meaningful since interest rates across most of the yield curve are at historic lows and cannot decrease another 200 or 300 basis points. While management considers this scenario highly unlikely, the natural floor increases the Company’s sensitivity in rates down scenarios.

Liquidity

Liquidity represents an institution’s ability to meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. Liquid assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, money market investments, federal funds sold, securities available for sale, loans held for sale and loans maturing or re-pricing within one year. Additional sources of liquidity available to the Company include its capacity to borrow additional funds when necessary through federal funds lines with several correspondent banks, a line of credit with the FHLB, the purchase of brokered CDs, and a corporate line of credit with a large correspondent bank.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company redeemed $35.7 million of Series B Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury that was assumed in the 2010 acquisition of FMB. Management considers the Company’s overall liquidity to be sufficient to satisfy its depositors’ requirements and to meet its customers’ credit needs.

 

53


At December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents, restricted stock, and securities classified as available for sale comprised 16.8% of total assets, compared to 18.9% at December 31, 2011. Asset liquidity is also provided by managing loan and securities maturities and cash flows.

Additional sources of liquidity available to the Company include its capacity to borrow additional funds when necessary. The community bank segment maintains federal funds lines with several regional banks totaling $125.0 million as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there were $38.0 million outstanding on these federal funds lines. The Company had outstanding borrowings pursuant to securities sold under agreements to repurchase transactions with a maturity of one day of $54.3 million as of December 31, 2012 compared to $63.0 million as of December 31, 2011. Lastly, the Company had a collateral dependent line of credit with the FHLB for up to $802.2 million. Based on the underlying collateralized loans, the Company has $494.0 million available as of December 31, 2012. There was approximately $180.0 million outstanding under this line at December 31, 2012.

The community bank segment may also borrow additional funds by purchasing CDs through a nationally recognized network of financial institutions. The Bank utilizes this funding source when rates are more favorable than other funding sources. As of December 31, 2012, there were $10.2 million purchased and included in certificates of deposit on the balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2012, the liquid assets that mature within one year totaled $1.3 billion, or 34.1%, of total earning assets. As of December 31, 2012, approximately $977.0 million, or 32.9%, of total loans are scheduled to mature within one year.

NON GAAP MEASURES

In reporting the results of 2012 and 2011, the Company has provided supplemental performance measures on an operating or tangible basis. Such measures exclude amortization expense related to intangible assets, such as core deposit and trademark intangibles. The Company believes these measures are useful to investors as they exclude non-operating adjustments resulting from acquisition activity and allow investors to see the combined economic results of the organization. Cash basis operating earnings per share was $1.50 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $1.33 in 2011. Cash basis return on average tangible common equity and assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 10.86% and 1.00%, respectively, compared to 10.64% and 0.92%, respectively, in 2011.

These measures are a supplement to GAAP used to prepare the Company’s financial statements and should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP measures. In addition, the Company’s non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of other companies.

 

54


The following table reconciles these non-GAAP measures from their respective GAAP basis measures for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011  

Net income

   $ 35,411      $ 30,445   

Plus: core deposit intangible amortization, net of tax

     3,208        3,979   

Plus: trademark intangible amortization, net of tax

     260        260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash basis operating earnings

   $ 38,879      $ 34,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average assets

     3,975,225        3,861,628   

Less: average trademark intangible

     231        631   

Less: average goodwill

     59,400        58,494   

Less: average core deposit intangibles

     18,159        23,654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible assets

   $ 3,897,435      $ 3,778,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average equity

     435,774        441,040   

Less: average trademark intangible

     231        631   

Less: average goodwill

     59,400        58,494   

Less: average core deposit intangibles

     18,159        23,654   

Less: average preferred equity

     —          32,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible common equity

   $ 357,984      $ 326,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted

     25,900,863        26,009,839   

Cash basis earnings per share, diluted

   $ 1.50      $ 1.33   

Cash basis return on average tangible assets

     1.00     0.92

Cash basis return on average tangible common equity

     10.86     10.64

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio includes net loans acquired in the FMB and the Harrisonburg branch acquisitions. The acquired loans discount or premium to market is accreted/amortized as an increase/decrease to net interest income over the estimated lives of the liabilities. Additional credit quality deterioration above the original credit mark is recorded as additional provisions for loan losses. The following table shows the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, adjusted to remove acquired loans.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Gross loans

   $ 2,966,847      $ 2,818,583   

Less: acquired loans without additional credit deterioration

     (474,252     (661,531
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans, net of acquired

   $ 2,492,595      $ 2,157,052   

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 34,916      $ 39,470   

Allowance for loan losses ratio

     1.18     1.40

Allowance for loan loss ratio, net of acquired

     1.40     1.83

 

55


QUARTERLY RESULTS

The following table presents the Company’s quarterly performance for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Quarter         
     First      Second      Third      Fourth      Total (1)  

For the Year 2012

              

Interest and dividend income

   $ 45,873       $ 45,304       $ 45,503       $ 45,183       $ 181,863   

Interest expense

     7,527         7,217         6,741         6,023         27,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     38,346         38,087         38,762         39,160         154,355   

Provision for loan losses

     3,500         3,000         2,400         3,300         12,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     34,846         35,087         36,362         35,860         142,155   

Noninterest income

     8,477         10,252         10,504         11,835         41,068   

Noninterest expenses

     32,267         33,606         33,270         34,336         133,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     11,056         11,733         13,596         13,359         49,744   

Income tax expense

     3,133         3,313         3,970         3,917         14,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7,923       $ 8,420       $ 9,626       $ 9,442       $ 35,411   

Dividends paid and accumulated on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           —     

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 7,923       $ 8,420       $ 9,626       $ 9,442       $ 35,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 0.31       $ 0.32       $ 0.37       $ 0.37       $ 1.37   

Earnings per share, diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.32       $ 0.37       $ 0.37       $ 1.37   

For the Year 2011

              

Interest and dividend income

   $ 47,382       $ 47,766       $ 47,606       $ 46,319       $ 189,073   

Interest expense

     8,592         8,133         8,160         7,828         32,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     38,790         39,633         39,446         38,491         156,360   

Provision for loan losses

     6,300         4,500         3,600         2,400         16,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     32,490         35,133         35,846         36,091         139,560   

Noninterest income

     7,775         7,354         8,588         9,247         32,964   

Noninterest expenses

     31,985         33,273         31,681         33,876         130,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     8,280         9,214         12,753         11,462         41,709   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     2,086         2,394         3,682         3,102         11,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,194       $ 6,820       $ 9,071       $ 8,360       $ 30,445   

Dividends paid and accumulated on preferred stock

     462         462         462         113         1,499   

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

     63         65         66         983         1,177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ 5,669       $ 6,293       $ 8,543       $ 7,264       $ 27,769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 0.22       $ 0.24       $ 0.33       $ 0.28       $ 1.07   

Earnings per share, diluted

   $ 0.22       $ 0.24       $ 0.33       $ 0.28       $ 1.07   

 

(1)

The sum of quarterly financial information may vary from year-to-date financial information due to rounding.

ITEM 7A. – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

This information is incorporated herein by reference from Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K.

 

56


ITEM 8. – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation

Richmond, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 13, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Union Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

Winchester, Virginia

March 13, 2013

 

57


 

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation

Richmond, Virginia

We have audited Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

58


We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated March 13, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

LOGO

Winchester, Virginia

March 13, 2013

 

59


UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     2012      2011  

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents:

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 71,426       $ 64,412   

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     11,320         31,930   

Money market investments

     1         155   

Federal funds sold

     155         162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     82,902         96,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     585,382         620,166   

Restricted stock, at cost

     20,687         20,661   

Loans held for sale

     167,698         74,823   

Loans, net of unearned income

     2,966,847         2,818,583   

Less allowance for loan losses

     34,916         39,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loans

     2,931,931         2,779,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

     85,409         90,589   

Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance

     32,834         32,263   

Core deposit intangibles, net

     15,778         20,714   

Goodwill

     59,400         59,400   

Other assets

     113,844         112,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,095,865       $ 3,907,087   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

     645,901         534,535   

Interest-bearing deposits:

     

NOW accounts

     454,150         412,605   

Money market accounts

     957,130         904,893   

Savings accounts

     207,846         179,157   

Time deposits of $100,000 and over

     508,630         551,555   

Other time deposits

     524,110         592,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     2,651,866         2,640,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     3,297,767         3,175,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     54,270         62,995   

Other short-term borrowings

     78,000         —     

Long-term borrowings

     136,815         155,381   

Trust preferred capital notes

     60,310         60,310   

Other liabilities

     32,840         31,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,660,002         3,485,448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Common stock, $1.33 par value, shares authorized 36,000,000; issued and outstanding, 25,270,970 shares at December 31, 2012 and 26,134,830 shares at December 31, 2011

     33,510         34,672   

Surplus

     176,635         187,493   

Retained earnings

     215,634         189,824   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     10,084         9,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     435,863         421,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,095,865       $ 3,907,087   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

60


UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011, AND 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2012      2011     2010  

Interest and dividend income:

       

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 162,637       $ 168,479      $ 169,549   

Interest on Federal funds sold

     1         1        17   

Interest on deposits in other banks

     70         130        79   

Interest and dividends on securities:

       

Taxable

     11,904         13,380        13,974   

Nontaxable

     7,251         7,083        6,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     181,863         189,073        189,821   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

       

Interest on deposits

     19,446         24,346        30,742   

Interest on Federal funds purchased

     50         7        33   

Interest on short-term borrowings

     234         352        1,480   

Interest on long-term borrowings

     7,778         8,008        5,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     27,508         32,713        38,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     154,355         156,360        151,576   

Provision for loan losses

     12,200         16,800        24,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     142,155         139,560        127,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

       

Service charges on deposit accounts

     9,033         8,826        9,105   

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     10,898         9,736        8,874   

Gains on securities transactions, net

     190         913        58   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

     —           (400     —     

Gains on sales of loans

     16,651         11,052        11,798   

Gains (losses) on sales of bank premises

     2         (996     421   

Other operating income

     4,294         3,833        3,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     41,068         32,964        34,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses:

       

Salaries and benefits

     68,648         62,865        57,560   

Occupancy expenses

     12,150         11,104        11,417   

Furniture and equipment expenses

     7,251         6,920        6,594   

Other operating expenses

     45,430         49,926        54,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     133,479         130,815        129,920   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     49,744         41,709        31,505   

Income tax expense

     14,333         11,264        8,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 35,411       $ 30,445      $ 22,922   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     —           1,499        1,688   

Amortization of discount on preferred stock

     —           1,177        226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 35,411       $ 27,769      $ 21,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, basic

   $ 1.37       $ 1.07      $ 0.83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, diluted

   $ 1.37       $ 1.07      $ 0.83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

61


UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 35,411      $ 30,445      $ 22,922   

Other comprehensive income:

      

Change in fair value of interest rate swap (cash flow hedge)

     (196     (2,818     (1,476

Unrealized gains on securities:

      

Unrealized holding gains arising during period (net of tax, $405, $4,346, and $345 for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010)

     753        9,231        642   

Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income (net of tax, $67, $179, and $20 for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010)

     (123     (334     (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     434        6,079        (872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 35,845      $ 36,524      $ 22,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

62


UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011, AND 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Surplus     Retained
Earnings
    Discount
on
Preferred
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  

Balance - December 31, 2009

   $ —        $ 24,462      $ 98,136      $ 155,047      $ —        $ 4,443      $ 282,088   

Net income - 2010

           22,922            22,922   

Other comprehensive loss (net of taxes, $325)

               (872     (872

Cash dividends on common stock ($.25 per share)

           (6,484         (6,484

Tax benefit from exercise of stock awards

         7              7   

Issuance of preferred stock

     35,595              (1,403       34,192   

Dividends on preferred stock

           (1,458         (1,458

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

           (226     226          —     

Issuance of Common Stock (7,477,273 shares)

       9,945        86,022              95,967   

Issuance of common stock under Dividend Reinvestment Plan (19,085 shares)

       25        323              348   

Issuance of common stock under Stock Incentive Plan (7,016 shares)

       10        51              61   

Issuance of restricted stock under Stock Incentive Plan (24,939 shares), net of shares withheld for employee taxes

       33        (90           (57

Issuance of common stock for services rendered (42,680 shares)

       57        536              593   

Stock-based compensation expense

         778              778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2010

     35,595        34,532        185,763        169,801        (1,177     3,571        428,085   

Net income - 2011

           30,445            30,445   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax, $4,167)

               6,079        6,079   

Cash dividends on common stock ($.28 per share)

           (7,284         (7,284

Tax benefit from exercise of stock awards

         15              15   

Repurchase of preferred stock (35,595 shares)

     (35,595               (35,595

Dividends on preferred stock

           (1,961         (1,961

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

           (1,177     1,177          —     

Issuance of common stock under Dividend Reinvestment Plan (11,932 shares)

       16        361              377   

Issuance of common stock under Stock Incentive Plan (29,625 shares)

       39        158              197   

Vesting of restricted stock under Stock Incentive Plan (17,312 shares)

       23        (23           —     

Issuance of common stock for services rendered (46,806 shares)

       62        502              564   

Stock-based compensation expense

         717              717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2011

     —          34,672        187,493        189,824        —          9,650        421,639   

Net income - 2012

           35,411            35,411   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax, $339)

               434        434   

Dividends on Common Stock ($.37 per share)

           (8,969         (8,969

Stock purchased under stock repurchase plan (970,265 shares)

       (1,291     (13,154           (14,445

Issuance of common stock under Dividend Reinvestment Plan (45,502 shares)

       61        571        (632         —     

Issuance of common stock under Stock Incentive Plan (2,376 shares)

       3        28              31   

Vesting of restricted stock under Stock Incentive Plan (15,492 shares)

       21        (21           —     

Issuance of common stock for services rendered (37,134 shares)

       49        516              565   

Net settle for taxes on Restricted Stock Awards (3,670 shares)

       (5     (50           (55

Stock-based compensation expense

         1,252              1,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2012

   $ —        $ 33,510      $ 176,635      $ 215,634      $ —        $ 10,084      $ 435,863   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

63


UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011, AND 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 35,411      $ 30,445      $ 22,922   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation of bank premises and equipment

     6,631        6,715        6,502   

Writedown of OREO

     301        707        —     

Other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings

     —          400        —     

Amortization, net

     5,764        14,050        13,563   

Provision for loan losses

     12,200        16,800        24,368   

Gains on the sale of investment securities

     (190     (913     (58

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (195     (615     (1,273

Increase in loans held for sale, net

     (92,875     (849     (19,694

Losses (gains) on sales of other real estate owned, net

     631        1,065        (207

(Gains) losses on sales of bank premises, net

     (2     996        (421

Stock-based compensation expenses

     1,252        717        778   

Issuance of common stock grants for services

     565        657        593   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (2,173     3,033        (7,616

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     987        (2,160     6,343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents (used in) provided by operating activities

     (31,693     71,048        45,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (160,751     (217,643     (191,030

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     18,944        28,800        106,549   

Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of securities available for sale

     177,780        126,786        126,158   

Net (increase) decrease in loans

     (178,639     62,126        (23,204

Net increase in bank premises and equipment

     (2,102     (5,466     (2,229

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

     13,152        14,240        11,747   

Improvements to other real estate owned

     (381     (528     (117

Cash paid in bank acquisition

     —          (26,437     —     

Cash acquired in bank and branch acquisitions

     —          230        137,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents (used in) provided by investing activities

     (131,997     (17,892     165,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits

     111,366        45,302        19,528   

Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing deposits

     11,296        10,875        (74,156

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     69,275        (29,972     (132,784

Net (decrease) increase in long-term borrowings (1)

     (18,566     489        (897

Cash dividends paid - common stock

     (8,969     (7,284     (6,484

Cash dividends paid - preferred stock

     —          (1,961     (1,458

Repurchase of preferred stock

     —          (35,595     —     

Repurchase of common stock

     (14,445     —          —     

Issuance of common stock

     31        574        409   

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards

     (55     (78     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) by financing activities

     149,933        (17,650     (195,892
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (13,757     35,506        15,242   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     96,659        61,153        45,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 82,902      $ 96,659      $ 61,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

      

Cash payments for:

      

Interest

   $ 27,960      $ 33,030      $ 38,075   

Income taxes

     14,661        8,837        11,794   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

   $ 968      $ (13,063   $ 929   

Changes in fair value of interest rate swap loss

     (196     (2,818     (1,476

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned

     13,621        11,625        24,791   

Transfers from bank premises to other real estate owned

     653        —          —     

Transactions related to bank and branch acquisitions

      

Assets acquired

     —          75,141        1,278,759   

Liabilities assumed

     —          48,934        1,285,944   

 

(1) See Note 8 “Borrowings” related to 2012 activity.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

64


UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011, AND 2010

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies and practices of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U. S.”) (“GAAP”) and follow general practices within the banking industry. Major policies and practices are described below. Effective February 1, 2010, the Company acquired First Market Bank, FSB, a privately held federally chartered savings bank (“First Market Bank” or “FMB”). Upon completion of the merger, the Company changed its name from Union Bankshares Corporation to Union First Market Bankshares Corporation. The acquisition of First Market Bank is discussed in Note 2 “Acquisitions” in these “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” and the following footnotes do not contain any financial results of First Market Bank for the month of January 2010.

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, which is a bank holding company that owns all of the outstanding common stock of its banking subsidiary, Union First Market Bank (the “Bank”) and of Union Investment Services, Inc. Subsequent to the acquisition of First Market Bank, it was merged with the Company’s largest subsidiary, Union Bank and Trust Company, in February 2010 and the combined bank operates under the name Union First Market Bank. The remaining two affiliates, Northern Neck State Bank and Rappahannock National Bank were merged into Union First Market Bank during October 2010. Union Mortgage Group, Inc. (“Union Mortgage” or “UMG”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Union First Market Bank. Union First Market Bank also has a non-controlling interest in Johnson Mortgage Company, L.L.C, which is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company’s Statutory Trust I and II, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, were formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable Trust Preferred Capital Notes in connection with the Company’s acquisitions of Guaranty Financial Corporation in May 2004 and its wholly owned subsidiary, Guaranty Bank and Prosperity Bank & Trust Company in April 2006. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 860 Transfers and Servicing, precludes the Company from consolidating Statutory Trusts I and II. The subordinated debts payable to the trusts are reported as liabilities of the Company. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Variable Interest Entities - Current accounting guidance states that if a business enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities and results of the activities of the variable interest entity should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the business enterprise. This interpretation explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise assesses its interest in a variable interest entity to decide whether to consolidate the entity. It also requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. Variable interest entities that effectively disperse risks will not be consolidated unless a single party holds an interest or combination of interests that effectively recombines risks that were previously dispersed. Management has evaluated the Company’s investment in variable interest entities. The Company’s primary exposure to variable interest entities are the trust preferred securities structures.

Currently, other than the impact described above from the deconsolidation of the trust preferred capital notes, this accounting guidance has not had a material impact on the financial condition or the operating results of the Company.

Use of Estimates - The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Material estimates that are

 

65


particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, other real estate owned, deferred tax assets and liabilities, other-than-temporary impairment of securities and the fair value of financial instruments.

Business Combinations - Business combinations are accounted for under ASC 805 Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date measured at their fair values as of that date. To determine the fair values, the Company will continue to rely on third party valuations, such as appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company will identify the acquirer and the closing date and apply applicable recognition principles and conditions. Costs that the Company expects, but is not obligated to incur in the future, to effect its plan to exit an activity of an acquiree or to terminate the employment of or relocate an acquiree’s employees are not liabilities at the acquisition date. The Company will not recognize these costs as part of applying the acquisition method. Instead, the Company will recognize these costs in its post-combination financial statements in accordance with other applicable accounting guidance.

Acquisition-related costs are costs the Company incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees. Some other examples of costs to the Company include systems conversions, integration planning consultants and advertising costs. The Company will account for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received, with one exception. The costs to issue debt or equity securities will be recognized in accordance with other applicable accounting guidance. These acquisition-related costs are included within the Consolidated Statements of Income classified within the noninterest expense caption.

Additional information on acquisitions is disclosed in Note 2, “Acquisitions.”

Cash and Cash Equivalents - For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and cash equivalents as cash, cash due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, money market investments, other interest-bearing deposits, and federal funds sold.

Investment Securities - Securities classified as available for sale are those debt and equity securities that management intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, including securities used as part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy, and that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs or other similar factors. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses, net of deferred taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity.

Debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. The Company has no securities in this category.

Securities classified as held for trading are those debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. The Company has no securities in this category.

Purchased premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, an impairment is other-than-temporary if any of the following conditions exists: the entity intends to sell the security; it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or, the entity does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis (even if the entity does not intend to sell). If a

 

66


credit loss exists, but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security and is not more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other-than-temporary and should be separated into a credit portion to be recognized in earnings and the remaining amount relating to all other factors recognized as other comprehensive loss. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

Due to restrictions placed upon the Company’s common stock investment in the Federal Reserve Bank, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and Community Bankers Bank, these securities have been classified as restricted equity securities and carried at cost. These restricted securities are not subject to the investment security classifications. The Federal Home Loan Bank requires the Bank to maintain stock in an amount equal to 4.5% of outstanding borrowings and a specific percentage of the member’s total assets. The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond requires the Company to maintain stock with a par value equal to 6% of its outstanding capital.

Loans Held for Sale - Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are sold, servicing released and carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, which is determined in the aggregate based on sales commitments to permanent investors or on current market rates for loans of similar quality and type. In addition, the Company requires a firm purchase commitment from a permanent investor before a loan can be closed, thus limiting interest rate risk. As a result, loans held for sale are stated at fair value. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Loans - The Company originates commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by commercial and residential real estate loans (including acquisition and development loans and residential construction loans) throughout its market area. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in those markets.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-offs generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

The Company has two loan portfolio level segments and fourteen loan class levels for reporting purposes. The two loan portfolio level segments are commercial and consumer.

Within the commercial loan portfolio segment there are seven loan classes for reporting purposes: commercial real estate – owner occupied, commercial real estate – non owner occupied, commercial construction, commercial and industrial, raw land and lots, single family investment real estate, and other commercial.

Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans are term loans made to support owner occupied real estate properties that rely upon the successful operation of the business occupying the property for repayment. General market conditions and economic activity may affect these types of loans. In addition to using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans, the Company manages risk by avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

Commercial real estate – non owner occupied loans are term loans typically made to borrowers to support income producing properties that rely upon the successful operation of the property for repayment. General market conditions and economic activity may impact the performance of these types of loans. In addition to using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans, the Company manages risk by diversifying the lending to various lines of businesses, such as retail, office, multi-family, office warehouse, and hotel as well as avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

 

67


Commercial construction loans are generally made to commercial and residential builders for specific construction projects. The successful repayment of these types of loans is generally dependent upon (a) a pre-planned commitment for permanent financing from the Company or another lender, or (b) from the sale of the constructed property. These loans carry more risk than both types of commercial real estate term loans due to the dynamics of construction projects, changes in interest rates, long-term financing market, and state and local government regulations. As in commercial real estate term lending, the Company manages risk by using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans and by avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

Commercial and industrial loans generally support our borrowers need for equipment/vehicle purchases and other short-term or seasonal cash flow needs. Repayment relies upon the successful operation of the business. This type of lending carries a lower level of commercial credit risk as compared to other commercial lending within this segment of lending. The Company manages this risk by using general underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans and by avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

Raw land and lot loans are loans generally made to residential home builders to support their land and lot inventory needs. Repayment relies upon the successful performance of the underlying residential real estate project. This type of lending carries a higher level of risk as compared to other commercial lending. This class of lending manages risks related to residential real estate market conditions, a functioning first and secondary market in which to sell residential properties, and the borrower’s ability to manage inventory and run projects. The Company manages this risk by lending to experienced builders and developers, by using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans, and by avoiding concentrations with any particular customer or geographic region.

Single family investment real estate loans are term loans made to real estate investors to support permanent financing for single family residential income producing properties that rely on the successful operation of the property for repayment. This management mainly involves property maintenance and collection of rents due from tenants. This type of lending carries a lower level of risk as compared to other commercial lending. The Company manages this risk by avoiding concentrations with any particular customer or geographic region.

Other commercial loans generally support small business lines of credit and agricultural lending neither of which are a material source of business for the Company.

The consumer loan portfolio segment is comprised of seven classes; mortgage, consumer construction, indirect auto, indirect marine, home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”), credit card and other consumer. These are generally small loans spread across many borrowers, supported by computer-based loan approval systems and business line policies and procedures that aid in managing risk. The Company’s consumer portfolio consists principally of loans secured by real estate, followed by indirect auto lending and indirect marine lending.

The Company manages the unique risks related to consumer construction to acceptable levels through certain policies and procedures, such as, limiting loan to value ratios at loan origination, requiring standards for appraisers, and not making subprime loans under any circumstances.

The indirect auto lending generally carries certain risks associated with the values of the collateral that management must mitigate. The Company focuses its indirect auto lending on one to two

 

68


year old used vehicles where substantial depreciation has already occurred thereby minimizing the risk of significant loss of collateral values in the future. This type of lending places reliance on computer-based loan approval systems to supplement other underwriting standards.

The indirect marine lending is to borrowers that are well qualified with ample capacity to repay and typically lends against large marine vessels (i.e., yachts). Risks in this class of lending are generally related to the borrower’s ability to guard against the effects of economic downturns or sustained levels of unemployment. This type of lending places reliance on computer-based loan approval systems to supplement other underwriting standards.

Nonaccruals, Past Dues, and Charge-offs

The policy for placing commercial loans on nonaccrual status is generally when the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection, but in any event no later than 180 days past due. Consumer loans (consumer construction, mortgages, indirect auto and marine, HELOCs, credit cards and other) are typically charged-off when management judges the loan to be uncollectible or the borrower files for bankruptcy, but no later than 120 days past due and generally not placed on nonaccrual status prior to charge off. Commercial loans are typically written down to net realizable value when it is determined that the Company will be unable to collect the principal amount in full and the amount of the loss is estimable, in any event no later than 180 days. All classes of loans are considered past due or delinquent when a contractual payment has not been satisfied. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal and interest is considered doubtful and in accordance with regulatory requirements.

For both the commercial and consumer loan segments, all interest accrued but not collected for loans placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off is reversed against interest income and accrual of interest income is terminated. Payments and interest on these loans are accounted for using the cost-recovery method by applying all payments received as a reduction to the outstanding principal balance until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. The determination of future payments being reasonably assured varies depending on the circumstances present with the loan however; the timely payment of contractual amounts owed for six consecutive months is a primary indicator. In addition, the return of a loan to accrual status is considered and approved by the Company’s Special Assets Loan Committee.

Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALL”)

The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance that management considers adequate to absorb potential losses in the portfolio. Loans are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are credited to the allowance. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the composition of the loan portfolio, the value and adequacy of collateral, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, and other risk factors. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, particularly those affecting real estate values. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The Company performs regular credit reviews of the loan portfolio to review the credit quality and adherence to its underwriting standards. The credit reviews consist of reviews by its Internal Audit group (or, prior to March 1, 2012, its Credit Administration group) and reviews performed by an independent third party. Upon origination each commercial loan is assigned a risk rating ranging from one to nine,

 

69


with loans closer to one having less risk, and this risk rating scale is the Company’s primary credit quality indicator. Consumer loans are generally not risk rated, the primary credit quality indicator for this portfolio segment is delinquency status. The Company has various committees that review and ensure that the allowance for loan losses methodology is in accordance with GAAP and loss factors used appropriately reflect the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio.

The Company’s ALL consists of specific, general and unallocated components.

Specific Reserve Component - The specific reserve component relates to impaired loans exceeding $500,000. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Upon being identified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan for loans not considered to be collateral dependent. The significant majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral dependent. The impairment of collateral dependent loans is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral (based on independent appraisals), less selling costs, compared to the carrying value of the loan. The Company obtains independent appraisals from a pre-approved list of independent, third party, appraisal firms located in the market in which the collateral is located. The Company’s approved appraiser list is continuously maintained to ensure the list only includes such appraisers that have the experience, reputation, character, and knowledge of the respective real estate market. At a minimum, it is ascertained that the appraiser is currently licensed in the state in which the property is located, experienced in the appraisal of properties similar to the property being appraised, has knowledge of current real estate market conditions and financing trends, and is reputable. The Company’s internal real estate valuation group performs either a technical or administrative review of all appraisals obtained. A technical review will ensure the overall quality of the appraisal while an administrative review ensures that all of the required components of an appraisal are present. Generally, independent appraisals are updated every 12 to 24 months or as necessary. The Company’s impairment analysis documents the date of the appraisal used in the analysis, whether the officer preparing the report deems it current, and, if not, allows for internal valuation adjustments with justification. Adjustments to appraisals generally include discounts for continued market deterioration subsequent to the appraisal date. Any adjustments from the appraised value to carrying value are documented in the impairment analysis, which is reviewed and approved by senior credit administration officers and the Special Assets Loan Committee. External appraisals are the primary source to value collateral dependent loans; however, the Company may also utilize values obtained through broker price opinions or other valuations sources. These alternative sources of value are used only if deemed to be more representative of value based on updated information regarding collateral resolution. Impairment analyses are updated, reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis at or near the end of each reporting period.

General Reserve Component - The general reserve component covers non-impaired loans, and impaired loans below $500,000, and is derived from an estimate of credit losses adjusted for various environmental factors applicable to both commercial and consumer loan segments. The estimate of credit losses is a function of the product of net charge-off historical loss experience to the loan balance of the loan portfolio averaged during the preceding twelve quarters, as management has determined this to adequately reflect the losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The environmental factors consist of national, local and portfolio characteristics and are applied to both the commercial and consumer segments. The following table shows the types of environmental factors management considers:

 

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS

Portfolio

  

National

  

Local

Experience and ability of lending team    Interest rates    Level of economic activity
Depth of lending team    Inflation    Unemployment
Pace of loan growth    Unemployment    Competition
Franchise expansion    Gross domestic product    Military/government impact
Execution of loan risk rating process    General market risk and other concerns   
Degree of oversight / underwriting standards    Legislative and regulatory environment   
Value of real estate serving as collateral      
Delinquency levels in portfolio      
Charge-off levels in portfolio      
Credit concentrations / nature and volume of the portfolio      

 

70


Unallocated Component - This component may be used to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio. Together, the specific, general, and any unallocated allowance for loan loss represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Though provisions for loan losses may be based on specific loans, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for any loan management deems necessary to charge-off. At December 31, 2012, there were no material amounts considered unallocated as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. A loan that is classified substandard or worse is considered impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The impairment loan policy is the same for each of the seven classes within the commercial portfolio segment.

For the consumer loan portfolio segment, large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. This evaluation subjects each of the Company’s homogenous pools to a historical loss factor derived from net charge-offs experienced over the preceding twelve quarters.

The Company applies payments received on impaired loans to principal and interest based on the contractual terms until they are placed on nonaccrual status at which time all payments received are applied to reduce the principal balance and recognition of interest income is terminated as previously discussed.

Troubled Debt Restructurings - In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition, management may grant a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify their loan to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status. These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of terms that are considered to be below market, conversion to interest only, and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of

 

71


the collateral. In cases where borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures any impairment on the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans. Restructured loans for which there was no rate concession, and therefore made at a market rate of interest, may subsequently be eligible to be removed from TDR status in periods subsequent to the restructuring depending on the performance of the loan. The Company reviews previously restructured loans quarterly in order to determine whether any have performed, subsequent to the restructure, at a level that would allow for them to be removed from TDR status. The Company generally would consider a change in this classification if the loan has performed under the restructured terms for a consecutive twelve month period and is no longer considered to be impaired.

On July 1, 2011, the Company adopted the amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“ASU 2011-02”). As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, the Company reassessed all loans that were renewed on or after January 1, 2011 for identification as a TDR. The Company identified as troubled debt restructurings certain loans for which impairment had previously been measured collectively within their homogeneous pool. Upon identifying those loans as TDRs, the Company identified them as impaired under the guidance in ASC 310-10-35. The amendments in ASU 2011-02 require prospective evaluation of the impairment measurement guidance for those receivables newly identified as impaired. At December 31, 2011, the recorded investment in loans for which the allowance for loan losses were previously measured collectively within their homogeneous pool and now considered impaired, due to being designated as a TDR, was $23.7 million, and the allowance for loan losses associated with those loans, on the basis of a current evaluation of loss, was $221,000. The impact of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s non-performing assets, allowance for loan losses, earnings, or capital.

Bank Premises and Equipment - Land is carried at cost. Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the type of asset involved. The Company’s policy is to capitalize additions and improvements and to depreciate the cost thereof over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the related lease or the estimated life of the related asset. Maintenance, repairs, and renewals are expensed as they are incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of goodwill and other intangible assets that were acquired in business combinations. ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), prescribes accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to initial recognition. The provisions of ASC 350 discontinue the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives but require at least an annual impairment review and more frequently if certain impairment indicators are in evidence. The Company has determined that core deposit intangibles have a finite life, and therefore, will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful life.

Based on the annual testing during the second quarter of each year and the absence of impairment indicators subsequent to the evaluation date, the Company has recorded no impairment charges to date for goodwill or intangible assets.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) - Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less selling costs, at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. When the carrying amount exceeds the acquisition date fair value, less selling costs, the excess is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, any valuation adjustments occurring from post acquisition reviews are charged to expense as incurred. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in OREO and related costs disclosed in Note 18, “Other Operating Expenses.”

 

72


Transfers of Financial Assets - Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company – put presumptively beyond reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Bank Owned Life Insurance - The Company has purchased life insurance on certain key employees and directors. These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value ($54.8 million and $53.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively) and included in “Other assets” on the consolidated balance sheet. Income generated from polices is recorded as noninterest income.

Derivatives - Derivatives are recognized as assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and measured at fair value. The Company’s derivatives are interest rate swap agreements. For asset/liability management purposes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge various exposures or to modify the interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. For those derivatives designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. For the Company’s loan swaps, offsetting fair values are recorded in other assets and other liabilities with no net effect on other operating income.

Loan Fees - Fees collected and certain costs incurred related to loan originations are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the life of the related loans. Deferred fees and costs are recorded as an adjustment to loans outstanding using a method that approximates a constant yield.

Stock Compensation Plan - The Company has adopted ASC 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires the costs resulting from all stock-based payments to employees be recognized in the financial statements. Stock-based compensation is estimated at the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model for determining fair value of stock options. The market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for nonvested stock awards. The model employs the following assumptions:

 

   

Dividend yield - calculated as the ratio of historical dividends paid per share of common stock to the stock price on the date of grant;

 

   

Expected life (term of the option) - based on the average of the contractual life and vesting schedule for the respective option;

 

   

Expected volatility - based on the monthly historical volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected life of the options; and

 

   

Risk-free interest rate - based upon the U. S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) bill yield curve, for periods within the contractual life of the option, in effect at the time of grant.

ASC 718 requires the Company to estimate forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense and that this estimate of forfeitures be adjusted over the requisite service period or vesting schedule based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment, which is recognized in the period of change, and also will affect the amount of estimated unamortized compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

For more information and tables refer to Note 10, “Employee Benefits.”

 

73


Income Taxes - Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. Deferred taxes are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the consolidated statements of income. The Company did not record any material interest or penalties for the periods ending December 31, 2012, 2011, or 2010 related to tax positions taken.

Advertising Costs - The Company follows a policy of charging the cost of advertising to expense as incurred. Advertising costs are disclosed in Note 18, “Other Operating Expenses.”

Earnings Per Common Share - Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Net income available to common stockholders deducts from net income the dividends and discount accretion on preferred stock. Diluted earnings per common share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and nonvested stock and are determined using the treasury stock method.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Comprehensive income (loss) represents all changes in equity that result from recognized transactions and other economic events of the period. Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses under GAAP that are included in comprehensive income, but excluded from net income, such as unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities and interest rate swaps.

Off Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments - In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Rate Lock Commitments - The Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 30 to 120 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Company is not exposed to losses and will not realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. The correlation between the rate lock commitments and the best efforts contracts is very high due to their similarity.

 

74


The market value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. The Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset while taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. Because of the high correlation between rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts, no gain or loss occurs on the rate lock commitments.

Asset Prepayment Rates - The Company purchases amortizing loan pools and investment securities in which the underlying assets are residential mortgage loans subject to prepayments. The actual principal reduction on these assets varies from the expected contractual principal reduction due to principal prepayments resulting from the borrowers’ election to refinance the underlying mortgage based on market and other conditions. The purchase premiums and discounts associated with these assets are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated life of the related assets. The estimated life is calculated by projecting future prepayments and the resulting principal cash flows until maturity. Prepayment rate projections utilize actual prepayment speed experience and available market information on similar instruments. The prepayment rates form the basis for income recognition of premiums and discounts on the related assets. Changes in prepayment estimates may cause the earnings recognized on these assets to vary over the term that the assets are held, creating volatility in the net interest margin. Prepayment rate assumptions are monitored monthly and updated periodically to reflect actual activity and the most recent market projections.

Concentrations of Credit Risk - Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located in portions of Central and Tidewater Virginia. Securities Available for Sale and Loans also represent concentrations of credit risk and are discussed in Note 3 “Securities Available for Sale” and Note 4 “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” respectively.

Reclassifications - The accompanying consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, for prior periods reflect certain reclassifications in order to conform to the current presentation.

The primary reclassification that occurred during 2012 related to how the Company reports commissions paid on the origination of mortgage loans held for sale and debit and credit card interchange costs. Commissions paid on the origination of mortgage loans held for sale have been netted against the related gains on sales of mortgage loans revenue amounts. In addition, debit and credit card interchange costs incurred have been netted against the related debit and credit card interchange income. Management considers the net presentation to more accurately reflect the net contribution to the consolidated financial results for the mortgage segment and the debit and credit card products. As shown below, the results of the reclassifications are not considered material and have no effect on previously reported net income available to common shareholders and earnings per share (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     Prior
Presentation
     Reclass     Current
Presentation
     Prior
Presentation
     Reclass     Current
Presentation
     Prior
Presentation
     Reclass     Current
Presentation
 

Net Interest Income after provision

   $ 142,155       $ —        $ 142,155       $ 139,560       $ —        $ 139,560       $ 127,208       $ —        $ 127,208   

Noninterest income

   $ 59,018       $ (17,950   $ 41,068       $ 43,777       $ (10,813   $ 32,964       $ 47,298       $ (13,081   $ 34,217   

Noninterest expense

   $ 151,429       $ (17,950   $ 133,479       $ 141,628       $ (10,813   $ 130,815       $ 143,001       $ (13,081   $ 129,920   

Income tax expense

   $ 14,333         —        $ 14,333       $ 11,264         —        $ 11,264       $ 8,583         —        $ 8,583   

Net income

   $ 35,411         —        $ 35,411       $ 30,445         —        $ 30,445       $ 22,922         —        $ 22,922   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” The amendments in this ASU remove from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The amendments in this ASU were effective for the first interim or annual period

 

75


beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption was not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” This ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) to develop a single, converged fair value framework on how (not when) to measure fair value and what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. The ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP (Topic 820), with many of the amendments made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The amendments were effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with prospective application. Early application was not permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The new guidance amends disclosure requirements for the presentation of comprehensive income. The amended guidance eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. All changes in OCI must be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. The guidance does not change the items that must be reported in OCI. The Company adopted this guidance effective 2012, and has elected to present two separate but consecutive financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangible – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors related to goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments in this ASU were effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption was permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) – Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This ASU requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-11 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that have indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, reported in their financial statements. The amendments in this ASU provide an entity with the option to make a qualitative assessment about the likelihood that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired to determine whether it should perform a

 

76


quantitative impairment test. The amendments also enhance the consistency of impairment testing guidance among long-lived asset categories by permitting an entity to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to calculate the asset’s fair value when testing an indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-11 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The amendments in this ASU clarify the scope for derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to netting arrangements. An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-11 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in this ASU require an entity to present (either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes) the effects on the line items of net income of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the amendments require a cross-reference to other disclosures currently required for other reclassification items to be reclassified directly to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period. Public companies should apply these amendments for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-11 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

2. ACQUISITIONS

Harrisonburg Branch Acquisition

On May 20, 2011, the Company completed the purchase of the former NewBridge Bank branch in Harrisonburg, Virginia, assets and liabilities related to the branch business, and a potential branch site in Waynesboro, Virginia. Under the parties’ agreement, the Company purchased loans of $72.5 million, assumed deposit liabilities of $48.9 million, and purchased the related fixed assets of the branch. The Company operates the acquired bank branch under the name Union First Market Bank (the “Harrisonburg branch”). The acquisition, which allowed the Company to establish immediately a meaningful presence in a new banking market, is consistent with the Company’s secondary growth strategy of expanding operations along the Interstate Route 81 corridor. The Company’s consolidated statements of income include the results of operations of the Harrisonburg branch from the closing date of the acquisition.

In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.8 million of goodwill and $9,500 of core deposit intangibles. The core deposit intangible of $9,500 was expensed during 2011. The recorded goodwill was allocated to the community banking segment of the Company and is deductible for tax purposes.

The Company acquired the $72.5 million loan portfolio at a fair value discount of $1.7 million. The discount represents expected credit losses, adjustments to market interest rates and liquidity adjustments. The performing loan portfolio fair value estimate was $70.5 million and the impaired loan portfolio fair value estimate was $276,000.

 

77


Interest income on acquired loans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $2.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of these loans included in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2012:

  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 46,057   

Carrying amount

   $ 45,654   

December 31, 2011:

  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 54,953   

Carrying amount

   $ 53,359   

Loans obtained in the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch for which there is specific evidence of credit deterioration and for which it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments are not considered to be material to the Company’s consolidated assets.

The amounts of the Harrisonburg branch revenue and earnings included in the Company’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011, and the revenue and earnings of the combined entity had the acquisition date been January 1, 2010, are presented in the pro forma table below. These results combine the historical results of the Harrisonburg branch into the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2010. In particular, no adjustments have been made to include provision for loan losses in 2010 on the acquired loan portfolio and related branch specific income taxes. The disclosure of the Harrisonburg branch post-acquisition revenue and net income were not practicable due to combining its operations with the Bank upon closing of the acquisition.

 

     Pro forma
for the year ended
December 31, (1)
 
     2011      2010  
(dollars in thousands)              

Total revenues

   $ 234,450       $ 242,819   

Net income

   $ 31,847       $ 26,831   

 

(1) 

Proforma information is not presented for the year-ending December 31, 2012 since the acquisition occurred in 2011 and therefore the earnings for the year-ended December 31, 2012 already includes the impact of the prior year acquisition.

Acquisition related expenses associated with the acquisition of Harrisonburg branch were $426,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, and are recorded in “Other operating expenses” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. There were no acquisition related expenses related to the Harrisonburg branch for the year ended December 31, 2012. Such costs principally included system conversion and operations integration charges which have been expensed as incurred.

First Market Bank Acquisition

On February 1, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of First Market Bank, in an all stock transaction. First Market Bank’s common shareholders received 6,273.259 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for each share of First Market Bank’s common stock, resulting in the Company issuing 6,701,478 common shares. The Series A preferred shareholder of First Market Bank received 775,795 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for all shares of the FMB Series A preferred stock. In connection with the transaction, the Company issued a total of 7,477,273 common shares with an acquisition date fair value of $96.1 million. The Series B and Series C preferred shareholder of First Market Bank received 35,595 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock in exchange for all shares of the Series B and Series C preferred stock.

 

78


The FMB transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Assets acquired totaled $1.4 billion, including $981.5 million in net loans and $218.7 million in investment securities. Liabilities assumed were $1.3 billion, including $1.2 billion of deposits. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.1 million of goodwill and $26.4 million of core deposit intangible. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over an average of 4.3 years using an accelerated method. In addition, the Company recorded $1.2 million related to a trademark intangible. This is being amortized over a three year time period. Based on the annual testing during the second quarter of each year and the absence of impairment indicators during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the Company has recorded no impairment charges to date for goodwill or intangible assets.

Interest income on acquired loans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $25.3 million and $36.9 million, respectively. The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of these loans included in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2012:

  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 440,288   

Carrying amount

   $ 432,194   

December 31, 2011:

  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 632,602   

Carrying amount

   $ 620,048   

Loans obtained in the acquisition of FMB for which there is specific evidence of credit deterioration and for which it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments are not considered to be material to the Company’s consolidated assets.

 

3. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Estimated Fair
Value
 
        Gains      (Losses)    

December 31, 2012

          

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 2,581       $ 268       $ —        $ 2,849   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     214,980         15,123         (325     229,778   

Corporate and other bonds

     7,353         173         (314     7,212   

Mortgage-backed securities

     335,327         7,383         (536     342,174   

Other securities

     3,277         92         —          3,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 563,518       $ 23,039       $ (1,175   $ 585,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

          

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 3,933       $ 351       $ —        $ 4,284   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     189,117         11,337         (247     200,207   

Corporate and other bonds

     12,839         188         (787     12,240   

Mortgage-backed securities

     390,329         10,434         (445     400,318   

Other securities

     3,044         77         (4     3,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

   $ 599,262       $ 22,387       $ (1,483   $ 620,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

79


Due to restrictions placed upon the Company’s common stock investment in the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and FHLB, these securities have been classified as restricted equity securities and carried at cost. These restricted securities are not subject to the investment security classifications. The FHLB requires the Bank to maintain stock in an amount equal to 4.5% of outstanding borrowings and a specific percentage of the Bank’s total assets. The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond requires the Company to maintain stock with a par value equal to 6% of its outstanding capital. Restricted equity securities consist of Federal Reserve Bank stock in the amount of $6.8 million and $6.7 million and FHLB stock in the amount of $13.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The following table presents the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, by contractual maturity (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 2,346       $ 2,372       $ 6,046       $ 6,098   

Due after one year through five years

     16,413         17,016         18,771         19,408   

Due after five years through ten years

     69,164         73,501         76,044         80,214   

Due after ten years

     472,318         489,124         495,357         511,329   

Other securities

     3,277         3,369         3,044         3,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 563,518       $ 585,382       $ 599,262       $ 620,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities with an amortized cost of $183.7 million and $172.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes.

The primary purpose of the investment portfolio is to generate income and meet liquidity needs of the Company through readily saleable financial instruments. The portfolio includes fixed rate bonds, whose prices move inversely with rates. At the end of any accounting period, the investment portfolio has unrealized gains and losses. The Company monitors the portfolio, which is subject to liquidity needs, market rate changes and credit risk changes, to see if adjustments are needed. The primary cause of temporary impairments was the increase in spreads over comparable Treasury bonds. As of December 31, 2012, there were $2.2 million, or 2 issues, of individual securities that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. These securities had an unrealized loss of $356,000 and consisted of municipal obligations and corporate bonds. As of December 31, 2011, there were $4.9 million, or 5 issues, of individual securities that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. These securities had an unrealized loss of $721,000 and consisted primarily of municipal obligations and corporate bonds.

During each quarter the Company conducts an assessment of the securities portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) consideration. The assessment considers factors such as external credit ratings, delinquency coverage ratios, market price, management’s judgment, expectations of future performance, and relevant industry research and analysis. An impairment is OTTI if any of the following conditions exists: the entity intends to sell the security; it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or the entity does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis (even if the entity does not intend to sell). If a credit loss exists, but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security and is not more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other-than-temporary and should be separated into a credit portion to be recognized in earnings and the remaining amount relating to all other factors recognized as other comprehensive loss. Based on the assessment for the year ended December 31, 2012, and in accordance with the guidance, no OTTI was recognized.

 

80


Based on the assessment for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and in accordance with the guidance, the Company determined that a single issuer trust preferred security incurred credit-related OTTI of $400,000, which was recognized in earnings for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. There is a possibility that the Company will sell the security before recovering all unamortized costs. The significant inputs the Company considered in determining the amount of the credit loss are as follows:

 

   

The assessment of security credit rating agencies and research performed by third parties;

 

   

The continued interest payment deferral by the issuer;

 

   

The lack of improving asset quality of the issuer and worsening economic conditions; and

 

   

The security is thinly traded and trading at its historical low, below par.

OTTI recognized for the periods presented is summarized as follow (dollars in thousands):

 

     OTTI Losses  

Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2011

   $ 400   

Cumulative credit losses on investment securities

     —     

Additions for credit losses not previously regognized

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2012

   $ 400   
  

 

 

 

The following tables present the gross unrealized losses and fair values as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands):

 

     Less than 12 months     More than 12 months     Total  
     Fair value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair value      Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2012

               

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 22,397       $ (283   $ 649       $ (42   $ 23,046       $ (325

Mortgage-backed securities

     86,183         (536     —           —          86,183         (536

Corporate bonds and other securities

     —           —          1,555         (314     1,555         (314
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 108,580       $ (819   $ 2,204       $ (356   $ 110,784       $ (1,175
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

               

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 5,429       $ (152   $ 1,090       $ (95   $ 6,519       $ (247

Mortgage-backed securities

     97,203         (445     —           —          97,203         (445

Corporate bonds and other securities

     2,342         (165     3,790         (626     6,132         (791
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 104,974       $ (762   $ 4,880       $ (721   $ 109,854       $ (1,483
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

81


4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Loans are stated at their face amount, net of unearned income, and consist of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011  

Commercial:

     

Commercial Construction

   $ 202,344       $ 185,359   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     513,671         452,407   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     682,760         655,083   

Raw Land and Lots

     205,726         214,284   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     233,395         192,437   

Commercial and Industrial

     217,661         212,268   

Other Commercial

     47,551         44,403   

Consumer:

     

Mortgage

     220,567         219,646   

Consumer Construction

     33,969         20,757   

Indirect Auto

     157,518         162,708   

Indirect Marine

     36,586         39,819   

HELOCs

     288,092         277,101   

Credit Card

     21,968         19,006   

Other Consumer

     105,039         123,305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,966,847       $ 2,818,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the aging of Company’s loan portfolio, by class, at December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater Than
90 Days and
still Accruing
     Purchased
Impaired (net of
credit mark)
     Nonaccrual      Current      Total Loans  

Commercial:

                    

Commercial Construction

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 5,781       $ 196,563       $ 202,344   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     2,105         153         1,711         247         2,206         507,249         513,671   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     866         63         207         —           812         680,812         682,760   

Raw Land and Lots

     277         —           75         2,942         8,760         193,672         205,726   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     1,819         261         756         326         3,420         226,813         233,395   

Commercial and Industrial

     506         270         441         79         2,036         214,329         217,661   

Other Commercial

     70         182         1         —           193         47,105         47,551   

Consumer:

                    

Mortgage

     5,610         2,244         3,017         —           747         208,949         220,567   

Consumer Construction

     157         —           —           —           235         33,577         33,969   

Indirect Auto

     2,504         276         329         21         —           154,388         157,518   

Indirect Marine

     67         —           114         —           158         36,247         36,586   

HELOCs

     3,063         640         1,239         845         1,325         280,980         288,092   

Credit Card

     269         101         397         —           —           21,201         21,968   

Other Consumer

     1,525         487         556         105         533         101,833         105,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,838       $ 4,677       $ 8,843       $ 4,565       $ 26,206       $ 2,903,718       $ 2,966,847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

82


The following table shows the aging of Company’s loan portfolio, by class, at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater Than
90 Days and
still Accruing
     Purchased
Impaired (net of
credit mark)
     Nonaccrual      Current      Total Loans  

Commercial:

                    

Commercial Construction

   $ —         $ —         $ 490       $ —         $ 10,276       $ 174,593       $ 185,359   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     520         —           2,482         1,292         5,962         442,151         452,407   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     190         64         2,887         1,133         2,031         648,778         655,083   

Raw Land and Lots

     94         1,124         —           5,623         13,322         194,121         214,284   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     779         70         3,637         388         5,048         182,515         192,437   

Commercial and Industrial

     601         185         3,369         392         5,297         202,424         212,268   

Other Commercial

     —           25         —           —           238         44,140         44,403   

Consumer:

                    

Mortgage

     6,748         412         3,804         —           240         208,442         219,646   

Consumer Construction

     —           —           —           —           207         20,550         20,757   

Indirect Auto

     2,653         416         443         40         7         159,149         162,708   

Indirect Marine

     189         795         —           —           544         38,291         39,819   

HELOCs

     1,678         547         820         865         885         272,306         277,101   

Credit Card

     245         184         323         —           —           18,254         19,006   

Other Consumer

     1,421         443         1,657         164         777         118,843         123,305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,118       $ 4,265       $ 19,912       $ 9,897       $ 44,834       $ 2,724,557       $ 2,818,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans totaled $26.2 million and $44.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Had these loans performed in accordance with their original terms, interest income of approximately $1.3 million, $1.3 million, and $1.0 million would have been recorded in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. There were no nonaccrual loans excluded from impaired loan disclosure at December 31, 2012 and 2011. Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing interest totaled $8.8 million and $19.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table shows purchased impaired commercial and consumer loan portfolios, by class, and their delinquency status through December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater than
90 Days
     Current      Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

   $ —         $ 193       $ 54       $ 247   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           81         2,861         2,942   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     —           14         312         326   

Commercial and Industrial

     —           79         —           79   

Consumer:

           

Indirect Auto

     3         2         16         21   

HELOCs

     —           51         794         845   

Other Consumer

     —           —           105         105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3       $ 420       $ 4,142       $ 4,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The current column includes loans that are less than 30 days past due.

 

83


The following table shows purchased impaired commercial and consumer loan portfolios, by class, and their delinquency status through December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater than
90 Days
     Current      Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

   $ 206       $ 50       $ 1,036       $ 1,292   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     —           1,133         —           1,133   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           —           5,623         5,623   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     —           —           388         388   

Commercial and Industrial

     —           302         90         392   

Consumer:

           

Indirect Auto

     6         11         23         40   

HELOCs

     19         32         814         865   

Other Consumer

     —           77         87         164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 231       $ 1,605       $ 8,061       $ 9,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The current column includes loans that are less than 30 days past due.

The Company measures the amount of impairment by evaluating loans either in their collective homogeneous pools or individually. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $155.4 million in loans considered to be impaired of which $13.0 million were collectively evaluated for impairment and $142.4 million were individually evaluated for impairment. The following table shows the Company’s impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment (including purchased impaired loans), by class, at December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     YTD
Average
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Loans without a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 28,212       $ 28,695       $ —         $ 28,925       $ 1,237   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     13,356         13,449         —           14,362         773   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     13,997         14,076         —           15,153         768   

Raw Land and Lots

     40,421         40,485         —           43,162         1,537   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     5,348         6,046         —           6,887         242   

Commercial and Industrial

     1,582         1,610         —           1,926         105   

Consumer:

              

Mortgage

     857         857         —           892         43   

Indirect Auto

     4         4         —           8         —     

Indirect Marine

     158         283         —           283         3   

HELOCs

     1,330         1,429         —           1,481         5   

Other Consumer

     125         127         —           129         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans without a specific allowance

   $ 105,390       $ 107,061       $ —         $ 113,208       $ 4,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 3,786       $ 3,834       $ 596       $ 4,614       $ 157   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     2,699         2,838         698         2,878         30   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     13,791         13,828         691         13,896         761   

Raw Land and Lots

     9,711         9,919         2,411         10,656         145   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     1,740         1,826         499         1,953         47   

Commercial and Industrial

     2,413         2,573         603         2,584         31   

Other Commercial

     134         134         28         134         —     

Consumer:

              

Mortgage

     545         549         154         550         —     

Consumer Construction

     235         262         106         230         —     

HELOCs

     1,563         1,630         942         1,840         25   

Other Consumer

     408         438         193         438         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with a specific allowance

   $ 37,025       $ 37,831       $ 6,921       $ 39,773       $ 1,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 142,415       $ 144,892       $ 6,921       $ 152,981       $ 5,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


At December 31, 2011, the Company had $255.1 million in loans considered to be impaired of which $12.3 million were collectively evaluated for impairment and $242.8 million were individually evaluated for impairment. The following table shows the Company’s impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment (including purchased impaired loans), by class, at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     YTD
Average
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Loans without a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 40,475       $ 40,524       $ —         $ 37,835       $ 1,690   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     20,487         21,010         —           23,364         1,183   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     37,799         37,855         —           38,084         2,002   

Raw Land and Lots

     46,791         46,890         —           47,808         1,306   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     11,285         11,349         —           11,684         637   

Commercial and Industrial

     9,467         9,959         —           10,216         423   

Other Commercial

     1,257         1,257         —           1,269         75   

Consumer:

              

Mortgage

     1,202         1,202         —           1,225         70   

HELOCs

     349         349         —           350         11   

Other Consumer

     —           —           —           1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans without a specific allowance

   $ 169,112       $ 170,395       $ —         $ 171,836       $ 7,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 12,927       $ 13,297       $ 583       $ 13,811       $ 343   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     8,679         8,788         1,961         8,681         267   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     8,858         8,879         1,069         9,010         322   

Raw Land and Lots

     22,188         22,429         991         24,553         973   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     9,020         9,312         1,140         9,571         321   

Commercial and Industrial

     8,980         9,133         3,320         10,448         369   

Other Commercial

     150         150         3         153         10   

Consumer:

              

Mortgage

     535         535         11         536         32   

Consumer Construction

     207         226         86         228         —     

Indirect Auto

     71         71         —           93         5   

Indirect Marine

     544         547         263         548         9   

HELOCs

     785         825         587         1,034         —     

Other Consumer

     777         804         284         815         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with a specific allowance

   $ 73,721       $ 74,996       $ 10,298       $ 79,481       $ 2,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 242,833       $ 245,391       $ 10,298       $ 251,317       $ 10,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, the average investment in impaired loans was $153.0 million, $251.3 million, and $297.9 million, respectively. The interest income recorded on impaired loans was approximately $5.9 million, $10.1 million, and $12.1 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company considers troubled debt restructurings to be impaired loans. A modification of a loan’s terms constitutes a TDR if the creditor grants a concession to the borrower for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Included in the impaired loan disclosure above are $63.5 million of loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2012. All loans that are considered to be TDRs are specifically evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the recorded investment in restructured loans prior to modification was not materially impacted by the modification.

 

85


The following table provides a summary, by class, of modified loans that continue to accrue interest under the terms of the restructuring agreement, which are considered to be performing, and modified loans that have been placed in nonaccrual status, which are considered to be nonperforming, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Commitment
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Commitment
 

Performing

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Construction

     5       $ 4,549       $ 73         14       $ 21,461       $ 3,185   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     11         6,009         —           11         7,996         180   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     10         13,103         —           16         21,777         13   

Raw Land and Lots

     13         22,886         —           15         32,450         1   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     6         928         —           12         8,525         —     

Commercial and Industrial

     5         1,041         —           12         4,991         204   

Other Commercial

     1         236         —           4         864         —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

     12         2,256         —           1         507         —     

Other Consumer

     4         460         —           2         263         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total performing

     67       $ 51,468       $ 73         87       $ 98,834       $ 3,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonperforming

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial Construction

     4       $ 4,260       $ —           5       $ 5,353       $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     3         1,079         —           —           —           —     

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     2         514         —           2         292         —     

Raw Land and Lots

     2         4,032         —           6         4,342         —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     2         427         —           4         1,342         —     

Commercial and Industrial

     7         1,251         —           3         1,134         —     

Consumer:

                 

Mortgage

     1         202         —           5         1,076         —     

Indirect Marine

     1         158         —           —           —           —     

Other Consumer

     1         68         —           1         265         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming

     23       $ 11,991       $ —           26       $ 13,804       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total performing and nonperforming

     90       $ 63,459       $ 73         113       $ 112,638       $ 3,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


The Company considers a default of a restructured loan to occur when subsequent to the restructure, the borrower is 90 days past due or results in foreclosure and repossession of the applicable collateral. The following table shows, by class and modification type, TDRs that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012 as well as TDRs that had a payment default during 2012 that had been restructured during the twelve month period preceding the default (dollars in thousands):

 

     All Restructurings      Restructurings with
payment default
 
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
investment
at period end
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
investment
at period end
 

Modified to interest only, at a market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     1       $ 216         —         $ —    

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     2         759         —           —    

Raw Land and Lots

     3         257         —           —    

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     2         173         —           —    

Consumer:

           

Mortgage

     1         124         —           —    

Indirect Marine

     1         158         1         158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest only at market rate of interest

     10       $ 1,687         1       $ 158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term modification, at a market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     5       $ 5,328         2       $ 1,356   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     2         715         —           —    

Raw Land and Lots

     1         595         —           —    

Commercial and Industrial

     6         408         —           —    

Consumer:

           

Mortgage

     5         858         —           —    

Indirect Marine

     —           —          1         26   

Other Consumer

     4         460         —           —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan term extended at a market rate

     23       $ 8,364         3       $ 1,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term modification, below market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     4       $ 647         —         $ —    

Raw Land and Lots

     1         59         —           —    

Consumer:

           

Mortgage

     1         64         —           —    

Other Consumer

     1         68         —           —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan term extended at a below market rate

     7       $ 838         —         $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate modification, below market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     2       $ 2,390         —         $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest only at below market rate of interest

     2       $ 2,390         —         $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     42       $ 13,279         4       $ 1,540   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


The following table shows, by class and modification type, TDRs that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011 as well as TDRs that had a payment default during 2011 that had been restructured during the twelve month period preceding the default (dollars in thousands):

 

     All Restructurings      Restructurings with
payment default
 
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
investment
at period end
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
investment
at period end
 

Modified to interest only, at a market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     2       $ 398         —         $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     1         218         —           —     

Raw Land and Lots

     1         341         1         341   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     1         93         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest only at market rate of interest

     5       $ 1,050         1       $ 341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term modification, at a market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Construction

     15       $ 22,223         —         $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     5         4,908         —           —     

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     16         21,551         —           —     

Raw Land and Lots

     13         25,784         —           —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     11         7,279         —           —     

Commercial and Industrial

     13         5,763         2         422   

Other Commercial

     4         864         —           —     

Consumer:

           

Mortgage

     4         538         —           —     

Other Consumer

     3         527         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan term extended at a market rate

     84       $ 89,437         2       $ 422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term modification, below market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Construction

     4       $ 4,591         —         $ —     

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     2         546         —           —     

Raw Land and Lots

     5         4,786         —           —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     4         2,495         1         1,390   

Commercial and Industrial

     2         362         —           —     

Consumer:

           

Mortgage

     1         507         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan term extended at a below market rate

     18       $ 13,287         1       $ 1,390   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     107       $ 103,774         4       $ 2,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


The following table shows the allowance for loan loss activity, portfolio segment types, balances for allowance for loan losses, and loans based on impairment methodology for the year ended December 31, 2012. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories (dollars in thousands):

 

     Commercial     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

        

Balance, beginning of the year

   $ 27,891      $ 11,498      $ 81      $ 39,470   

Recoveries credited to allowance

     589        1,122        —          1,711   

Loans charged off

     (12,852     (5,613     —          (18,465

Provision charged to operations

     9,193        3,100        (93     12,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 24,821      $ 10,107      $ (12   $ 34,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     5,404        1,395        —          6,799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     19,295        8,712        (12     27,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     122        —          —          122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,821      $ 10,107      $ (12   $ 34,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 133,596      $ 4,254      $ —        $ 137,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,965,918        858,514        —          2,824,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     3,594        971        —          4,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,103,108      $ 863,739      $ —        $ 2,966,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

89


The following table shows the allowance for loan loss activity, portfolio segment types, balances for allowance for credit losses, and loans based on impairment methodology for the year ended December 31, 2011. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories (dollars in thousands):

 

     Commercial     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

        

Balance, beginning of the year

   $ 28,255      $ 10,189      $ (38   $ 38,406   

Recoveries credited to allowance

     924        1,206        —          2,130   

Loans charged off

     (10,891     (6,975     —          (17,866

Provision charged to operations

     9,603        7,078        119        16,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 27,891      $ 11,498      $ 81      $ 39,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     8,982        1,231        —          10,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     18,824        10,267        81        29,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     85        —          —          85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,891      $ 11,498      $ 81      $ 39,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

        

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 229,535      $ 3,401      $ —        $ 232,936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,717,878        857,872        —          2,575,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     8,828        1,069        —          9,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,956,241      $ 862,342      $ —        $ 2,818,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


The following table shows the allowance for loan loss activity, portfolio segment types, balances for allowance for credit losses, and loans based on impairment methodology for the year ended December 31, 2010. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories (dollars in thousands):

 

     Commercial      Consumer      Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Balance, beginning of the year

           $ 30,484   

Recoveries credited to allowance

             2,103   

Loans charged off

             (18,549

Provision charged to operations

             24,368   
          

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 28,255       $ 10,189       $ (38   $ 38,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     10,065         701         —          10,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     17,699         9,488         (38     27,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     491         —           —          491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28,255       $ 10,189       $ (38   $ 38,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

          

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 257,175       $ 3,758       $ —        $ 260,933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,669,650         892,671         —          2,562,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     12,800         1,199         —          13,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,939,625       $ 897,628       $ —        $ 2,837,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company uses the past due status and trends as the primary credit quality indicator of the consumer loan portfolio segment while a risk rating system is utilized for commercial loans. Commercial loans are graded on a scale of 1 through 9. A general description of the characteristics of the risk grades is as follows:

 

   

Risk rated 1 loans have little or no risk and are generally secured by cash or cash equivalents;

 

   

Risk rated 2 loans have minimal risk to well qualified borrowers and no significant questions as to safety;

 

   

Risk rated 3 loans are satisfactory loans with strong borrowers and secondary sources of repayment;

 

   

Risk rated 4 loans are satisfactory loans with borrowers not as strong as risk rated 3 loans and may exhibit a greater degree of financial risk based on the type of business supporting the loan;

 

   

Risk rated 5 loans are watch loans that warrant more than the normal level of supervision and have the possibility of an event occurring that may weaken the borrower’s ability to repay;

 

   

Risk rated 6 loans have increasing potential weaknesses beyond those at which the loan originally was granted and if not addressed could lead to inadequately protecting the Company’s credit position;

 

   

Risk rated 7 loans are substandard loans and are inadequately protected by the current sound worth or paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged; these loans have well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt with the distinct possibility the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected;

 

91


   

Risk rated 8 loans are doubtful of collection and the possibility of loss is high but pending specific borrower plans for recovery, its classification as a loss is deferred until its more exact status is determined; and

 

   

Risk rated 9 loans are loss loans which are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.

The following table shows all loans, excluding purchased impaired loans, in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2012. The risk rating information has been updated through December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     1-3      4      5      6      7      8      Total  

Commercial Construction

   $ 5,504       $ 117,769       $ 14,637       $ 33,815       $ 30,619       $ —         $ 202,344   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     145,977         321,486         15,197         19,051         11,713         —           513,424   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     161,343         417,412         48,840         34,646         20,519         —           682,760   

Raw Land and Lots

     3,943         114,053         13,260         29,194         42,148         186         202,784   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     43,705         156,636         12,111         13,150         7,467         —           233,069   

Commercial and Industrial

     68,308         120,442         10,584         12,064         6,045         139         217,582   

Other Commercial

     14,189         18,260         10,710         3,489         844         59         47,551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 442,969       $ 1,266,058       $ 125,339       $ 145,409       $ 119,355       $ 384       $ 2,099,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows all loans, excluding purchased impaired loans, in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2011. The risk rating information has been updated through December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     1-3      4      5      6      7      8      Total  

Commercial Construction

   $ 10,099       $ 84,299       $ 6,079       $ 36,650       $ 48,232       $ —         $ 185,359   

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

     88,430         296,825         17,604         21,158         26,389         709         451,115   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     149,346         367,244         58,844         38,662         39,854         —           653,950   

Raw Land and Lots

     4,368         99,374         18,767         33,673         52,204         275         208,661   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     32,741         116,570         11,928         14,358         16,452         —           192,049   

Commercial and Industrial

     35,120         123,872         22,079         11,559         19,066         180         211,876   

Other Commercial

     6,364         15,918         16,739         3,807         1,512         63         44,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 326,468       $ 1,104,102       $ 152,040       $ 159,867       $ 203,709       $ 1,227       $ 1,947,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows only purchased impaired loans in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2012. The credit quality indicator information has been updated through December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     5      6      7      8      Total  

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

   $ —         $ —         $ 247       $ —         $ 247   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           —           2,942         —           2,942   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     312         —           14         —           326   

Commercial and Industrial

     —           —           79         —           79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 312       $ —         $ 3,282       $ —         $ 3,594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

92


The following table shows only purchased impaired loans in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2011. The credit quality indicator information has been updated through December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     6      7      8      Total  

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

   $ —         $ 1,292       $ —         $ 1,292   

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

     —           1,133         —           1,133   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           5,623         —           5,623   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     369         19         —           388   

Commercial and Industrial

     —           91         301         392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 369       $ 8,158       $ 301       $ 8,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans acquired are originally recorded at fair value, with certain loans being identified as impaired at the date of purchase. The fair values were determined based on the credit quality of the portfolio, expected future cash flows, and timing of those expected future cash flows. The contractually required payments, cash flows expected to be collected, and fair value as of the date of acquisition were $1,080,780, $1,072,726, and $1,052,358 respectively (dollars in thousands).

The following shows changes in the Company’s acquired loan portfolio and accretable yield for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Purchased Impaired     Purchased Nonimpaired     Purchased Impaired     Purchased Nonimpaired  
     Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount of
Loans
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount of
Loans
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount of
Loans
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount of
Loans
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 5,140      $ 9,897      $ 9,010      $ 663,510      $ 8,169      $ 13,999      $ 13,589      $ 799,898   

Additions

     —          —          —          —          122        276        1,593        70,524   

Accretion

     (353     —          (3,660     —          (66     —          (6,172     —     

Charge-offs, net

     (1,640     (412     —          (2,320     (3,073     (1,329     —          (5,988

Transfers to OREO

     —          (2,371     —          (2,895     (12     (174     —          (2,341

Payments received, net

     —          (2,549     —          (185,012     —          (2,875     —          (198,583
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,147      $ 4,565      $ 5,350      $ 473,283      $ 5,140      $ 9,897      $ 9,010      $ 663,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

5. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Bank premises and equipment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011  

Land

   $ 24,493       $ 25,749   

Land improvements and buildings

     62,721         63,790   

Leasehold improvements

     5,290         5,206   

Furniture and equipment

     37,707         37,496   

Equipment lease

     62         62   

Construction in progress

     6,634         6,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     136,907         138,600   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     51,498         48,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

   $ 85,409       $ 90,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


Depreciation expense for 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $6.6 million, $6.7 million, and $6.5 million, respectively. Future minimum rental payments required under non-cancelable operating leases for bank premises that have initial or remaining terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2012 are as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

2013

   $ 5,180   

2014

     4,888   

2015

     4,512   

2016

     3,812   

2017

     3,577   

Thereafter

     13,524   
  

 

 

 

Total of future payments

   $ 35,493   
  

 

 

 

The leases contain options to extend for periods up to 20 years. Rental expense for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 totaled $5.9 million, $4.9 million, and $5.2 million, respectively.

 

6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Core deposit intangible assets are being amortized over the period of expected benefit, which ranges from 4 to 14 years. In connection with the First Market Bank acquisition, the Company recorded $26.4 million of core deposit intangible and $1.2 million of trademark intangible. The core deposit intangible on that acquisition is being amortized over an average of 4.3 years using an accelerated method and the trademark intangible is being amortized over three years using the straight-line method.

The Harrisonburg branch core deposit intangible of $9,500 was expensed in the second quarter of 2011.

Information concerning intangible assets for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Gross Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Value
 

December 31, 2012

        

Amortizable core deposit intangibles

   $ 46,615       $ 30,837       $ 15,778   

Trademark intangible

     1,200         1,167         33   

December 31, 2011

        

Amortizable core deposit intangibles

   $ 46,615       $ 25,901       $ 20,714   

Trademark intangible

     1,200         767         433   

Amortization expense of core deposit intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 totaled $4.9 million, $6.1 million, and $7.3 million, respectively. Amortization expense of the trademark intangibles for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 both totaled $400,000, and December 31, 2010 was $367,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated remaining amortization expense of core deposit and trademark intangibles for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

2013

   $ 3,830   

2014

     2,898   

2015

     2,463   

2016

     1,862   

2017

     1,437   

Thereafter

     3,321   
  

 

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

   $ 15,811   
  

 

 

 

 

94


7. DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $508.6 million and $551.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

2013

   $ 608,632   

2014

     238,654   

2015

     87,058   

2016

     54,396   

2017

     43,915   

Thereafter

     85   
  

 

 

 

Total scheduled maturities of time deposits

   $ 1,032,740   
  

 

 

 

The amount of time deposits held in Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service accounts (i.e., CDARs) was $36.7 million and $39.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These deposits had a maturity of less than one year.

The Company classifies deposit overdrafts as other consumer loans. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, these deposits totaled $5.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

 

8. BORROWINGS

Short-term Borrowings

Total short-term borrowings consist of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are secured transactions with customers and generally mature the day following the date sold. Also included in total short-term borrowings are federal funds purchased, which are secured overnight borrowings from other financial institutions, and short-term Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) advances. Total short-term borrowings consist of the following as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 54,270      $ 62,995   

Other short-term borrowings

     78,000        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 132,270      $ 62,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum month-end outstanding balance

   $ 154,116      $ 78,622   

Average outstanding balance during the year

     91,993        73,831   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.31     0.49

Average interest rate at end of year

     0.28     0.47

Other short-term borrowings:

    

Federal Funds purchased

     38,000        —     

FHLB

     40,000        —     

The Bank maintains federal funds lines with several correspondent banks; the remaining available balance was $87.0 million and $113.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company has certain restrictive covenants related to certain asset quality, capital, and profitability metrics associated with these lines and is considered to be in compliance with these covenants. Additionally, the Company had a collateral dependent line of credit with the FHLB of up to $802.2 million and $776.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

95


Long-term Borrowings

During the first quarter of 2004, the Company’s Statutory Trust I, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued a Trust Preferred Capital Note of $22.5 million through a pooled underwriting for an acquisition in 2004. The securities have an indexed London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) floating rate (three month LIBOR rate plus 2.75%) which adjusts and is payable quarterly. The interest rate at December 31, 2012 was 3.06%. The capital securities were redeemable at par beginning on June 17, 2009 and quarterly thereafter until the securities mature on June 17, 2034. The principal asset of Statutory Trust I is $23.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the capital notes. Of the above amount, $696,000 is reflected as the Company’s investment in Statutory Trust I and reported as “Other assets” within the consolidated balance sheets.

During the first quarter of 2006, the Company’s Statutory Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued a Trust Preferred Capital Note of $36.0 million through a pooled underwriting for an acquisition in 2006. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate (three month LIBOR plus 1.40%) that adjusts and is payable quarterly. The interest rate at December 31, 2012 was 1.71% (see Note 19 “Derivatives” for further discussion of the related cash flow hedge). The capital securities were redeemable at par on June 15, 2011 and quarterly thereafter until the securities mature on June 15, 2036. The principal asset of Statutory Trust II is $37.1 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the capital notes. Of this amount, $1.1 million is reflected as the Company’s investment in Statutory Trust II reported as “Other assets” within the consolidated balance sheets.

The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the trust’s obligations with respect to the capital securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities and require a deferral of common dividends. No such deferrals have taken place to date.

As part of the acquisition of FMB, the Company assumed subordinated debt with terms of LIBOR plus 1.45% and a maturity date of April 2016. At December 31, 2012 the carrying value of the subordinated debt, net of the purchase accounting discount, was $15.9 million.

On August 23, 2012, the Company modified its fixed rate FHLB advances to floating rate advances which resulted in reducing the Company’s FHLB borrowing costs. In connection with this modification, the Company incurred a prepayment penalty of $19.6 million on the original advances, which is included as a component of long-term borrowings in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. In accordance with Accounting Statements Codification (“ASC”) 470-50, Modifications and Extinguishments, the Company will amortize this prepayment penalty over the term of the modified advances using the effective rate method. The amortization expense is included as a component of interest expense on long-term borrowings on the Company’s consolidated income statement. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $612,000 and $0.

 

96


As of December 31, 2012, the advances from the FHLB consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

Long Term Type

   Spread to
3-Month LIBOR
    Interest
Rate
    Maturity
Date
   Conversion
Date
   Option
Frequency
   Advance
Amount
 

Adjustable Rate Credit

     0.44     0.75   8/23/2022    n/a    n/a    $ 55,000   

Adjustable Rate Credit

     0.45     0.76   11/23/2022    n/a    n/a      65,000   

Adjustable Rate Credit

     0.45     0.76   11/23/2022    n/a    n/a      10,000   

Adjustable Rate Credit

     0.45     0.76   11/23/2022    n/a    n/a      10,000   
               

 

 

 
                $ 140,000   
               

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the advances from the FHLB consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

Long Term Type

   Interest
Rate
    Maturity
Date
   Conversion
Date
   Option
Frequency
   Advance
Amount
 

Convertible

     3.60   5/23/2018    5/23/2013    Once    $ 65,000   

Convertible

     3.84   8/22/2018    8/22/2013    Once      55,000   

Convertible

     3.60   5/23/2018    5/23/2013    Once      10,000   

Convertible

     3.60   5/23/2018    5/23/2013    Once      10,000   
             

 

 

 
              $ 140,000   
             

 

 

 

The carrying value of the loans and securities pledged as collateral for FHLB advances totaled $1.0 billion and $849.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012, the contractual maturities of adjustable rate long-term debt are as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

     Subordintated
Debt
     FHLB
Advances
     Prepayment
Penalty
    Total Long-term
Borrowings
 

2013

   $ —         $ —         $ (1,744   $ (1,744

2014

     —           —           (1,787     (1,787

2015

     —           —           (1,831     (1,831

2016

     15,870         —           (1,882     13,988   

2017

     —           —           (1,923     (1,923

Thereafter

     —           140,000         (9,888     130,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 15,870       $ 140,000       $ (19,055   $ 136,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

97


9. INCOME TAXES

The Company files income tax returns in the U. S., the Commonwealth of Virginia, and other states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U. S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2009.

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following components as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 12,221       $ 13,822   

Benefit plans

     1,429         1,300   

Nonaccrual loans

     1,148         1,577   

Purchase accounting

     2,980         5,110   

Stock grants

     1,232         888   

Other real estate owned

     2,709         985   

Other

     1,018         830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     22,737         24,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Purchase accounting

   $ 6,057       $ 8,135   

Securities available for sale

     6,101         6,158   

Other

     899         794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     13,057         15,087   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 9,680       $ 9,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers the scheduled reversal of temporary differences, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. Management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize its deferred tax assets and, accordingly, no valuation allowance has been established.

The provision for income taxes charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Current tax expense

   $ 14,528      $ 11,879      $ 9,856   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (195     (615     (1,273
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 14,333      $ 11,264      $ 8,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

98


The income tax expense differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U. S. federal income tax rate to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, due to the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Computed “expected” tax expense

   $ 17,411      $ 14,600      $ 11,027   

(Decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

Tax-exempt interest income, net

     (2,614     (2,681     (2,513

Other, net

     (464     (655     69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 14,333      $ 11,264      $ 8,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rates were 28.8%, 27.1%, and 27.2%, for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Tax credits totaled $217,000, $203,000, and $132,000, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

 

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has a 401(k) Plan that allows employees to make contributions for retirement. The 401(k) Plan provides for the Company to match employee contributions based on each employee’s contribution percentage. For each employee’s 1% through 3% dollar contributions, the Company will match 100% of such dollar contributions, and for each employee’s 4% through 5% dollar contributions, the Company will match 50% of such dollar contributions. The Bank also has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). All full and part-time employees of the Bank with 1,000 hours of service are eligible to participate in the ESOP. The Company makes discretionary profit sharing contributions into the 401(k) Plan, ESOP and in cash. Company discretionary contributions to both the 401(k) Plan and the ESOP are allocated to participant accounts in proportion to each participant’s compensation and vest over five and six year periods, respectively. Employee contributions to the ESOP are not allowed.

The following were payments made to Bank employees, in accordance with the plans described above, in 2012, 2011, and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011      2010  

401(k) Plan

   $ 1,427       $ 1,374       $ 1,574   

ESOP

     1,896         1,700         —     

Cash

     314         315         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,637       $ 3,389       $ 1,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company made matching contributions to mortgage segment employees in accordance with the 401(k) plan described above of $588,000 in 2012, and $355,000 and $326,000, respectively, for 2011 and 2010.

The Company has an obligation to certain members of the Bank’s Board of Directors under deferred compensation plans in the amount of $957,000 and $1.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The expenses related to the deferred compensation plans were $84,000, $80,000, and $84,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The Company owns life insurance policies on plan beneficiaries as an informal funding vehicle to meet future benefit obligations.

The Company’s Board of Directors has approved an annual incentive compensation plan as a means of attracting, rewarding and retaining key executives. Each annual plan, as it may be amended from time to time, is based on both corporate and individual objectives established annually for each participant. Each participant is evaluated within these two categories to determine eligibility and rate of incentive

 

99


compensation based on performance. Salaries and benefits expense for incentive compensation under this plan was $835,000, $711,000, and $650,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

The Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) and the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) provide for the granting of stock-based awards in the form of incentive stock options intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“incentive stock options”), non-statutory stock options, and nonvested stock to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company issues new shares to satisfy stock-based awards. Under both plans, the option price cannot be less than the fair market value of the stock on the grant date, and the stock option’s maximum term is ten years from the date of grant and vests in equal annual installments of 20% over a five year vesting schedule. The 2011 Plan became effective on January 1, 2011 after its approval by shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 26, 2011. The following table summarizes the shares available in each plan as of December 31, 2012:

 

     2003 Plan  (1)     2011 Plan  

Beginning Authorization

     525,000        1,000,000   

Granted

     (590,744     (297,103

Expired, forfeited, or cancelled

     101,896        25,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining available for grant

     36,152        728,005   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The 2003 Plan expires in June 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $1.3 million ($943,000 net of tax), or $0.05 per common share. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $717,000 and $778,000, respectively ($552,000 and $567,000, respectively, net of tax), or $0.02 per common share in both years.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the last three years:

 

     Number of
Stock Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balance, December 31, 2009

     216,180      $ 21.03         187,224       $ 20.24   

Granted

     130,000        16.40         

Exercised

     (7,016     8.66         

Forfeited

     (14,388     20.52         
  

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2010

     324,776        19.38         183,544         20.90   

Granted

     134,046        12.11         

Exercised

     (29,625     10.21         

Forfeited

     (6,447     17.22         
  

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2011

     422,750        17.70         184,985         22.28   

Granted

     131,657        14.40         

Exercised

     (2,376     12.11         

Forfeited

     (51,453     17.11         
  

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2012

     500,578        16.92         218,825         20.59   
  

 

 

         

 

100


A summary of options outstanding at December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

             Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Number
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
   

$12.11

     122,876         8.26 yrs       $ 12.11         24,440       $ 12.11   

$12.59

 

-

 

$14.08

     4,850         6.72       $ 13.14         2,510       $ 13.02   
   

$14.40

     116,658         9.15       $ 14.40         —         $ 0.00   
   

$14.82

     1,000         7.42       $ 14.82         400       $ 14.82   
   

$16.45

     104,861         7.32       $ 16.45         41,952       $ 16.45   

$18.58

 

-

 

$20.41

     51,090         0.54       $ 18.87         50,280       $ 18.84   

$22.65

   

$23.50

     60,113         1.37       $ 22.93         60,113       $ 22.93   
   

$27.51

     3,750         2.58       $ 27.51         3,750       $ 27.51   
   

$27.62

     16,270         4.08       $ 27.62         16,270       $ 27.62   
   

$31.57

     19,110         3.07       $ 31.57         19,110       $ 31.57   
      

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

$12.11

 

-

 

$31.57

     500,578         6.26 yrs       $ 16.92         218,825       $ 20.59   
      

 

 

          

 

 

    

The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Dividend yield

     2.47     2.36     2.48

Expected life in years

     7.0        7.0        7.0   

Expected volatility

     41.53     41.02     37.92

Risk-free interest rate

     1.24     2.71     3.23

Weighted average fair value per option granted

   $ 4.76      $ 4.31      $ 5.53   

The following table summarizes information concerning stock options issued to the Company’s employees that are vested or are expected to vest and stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Stock Options
Vested or
Expected to Vest
     Exercisable  

Stock options

     500,578         218,825   

Weighted average remaining contractual life in years

     6.26         3.49   

Weighted average exercise price on shares above water

   $ 13.23       $ 12.23   

Aggregate intrinsic value

   $ 623,231       $ 27,350   

There were two stock option awards exercised during 2012; the total intrinsic value and the fair value for the stock option awards exercised were approximately $7,400 and $36,000, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $29,000, and the tax benefit realized from tax deductions associated with options exercised during the year was $2,600.

The fair value of all stock options vested during 2012 was approximately $279,000 and the total intrinsic value of all stock options outstanding was $623,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the total intrinsic value for stock options exercised was $88,000. The total intrinsic value of stock options outstanding was $1,000. The fair value of stock options vested was approximately $238,000. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2011 was approximately $302,000, and the tax benefits realized from tax deductions associated with options exercised during the year were $15,000.

 

101


Nonvested Stock

The 2003 and the 2011 Stock Incentive Plans permit the granting of nonvested stock but are limited to one-third of the aggregate number of total awards granted. This equity component of compensation is divided between restricted (time-based) stock grants and performance-based stock grants. Generally, the restricted stock vests 50% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries from the date of the grant. The performance-based stock is subject to vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the grant based on the performance of the Company’s stock price. The value of the nonvested stock awards was calculated by multiplying the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on grant date by the number of shares awarded. Employees have the right to vote the shares and to receive cash or stock dividends (restricted stock), if any, except for the nonvested stock under the performance-based component (performance stock).

The following table summarizes nonvested stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Restricted Stock     Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
 

Balance, December 31, 2011

     146,557      $ 12.62   

Granted

     78,414        14.46   

Vested

     (11,747     14.33   

Forfeited

     (25,524     12.70   
  

 

 

   

Balance, December 31, 2012

     187,700        13.15   
  

 

 

   

The estimated unamortized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested stock and stock options issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 will be recognized as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

     Stock Options      Restricted
Stock
     Total  

2013

   $ 338       $ 709       $ 1,047   

2014

     332         388         720   

2015

     253         116         369   

2016

     147         21         168   

2017

     28         —           28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,098       $ 1,234       $ 2,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, there was $2.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the plan. The cost is expected to be recognized through 2017.

 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation Matters

In the ordinary course of its operations, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings. Based on the information presently available, and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that the ultimate outcome in such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the business or the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

 

102


On September 2, 2009, Union Mortgage, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, received notice that it was being sued in Maryland state court in a class action lawsuit under the Maryland Secondary Mortgage Loan Law (the “SMLL”). In general, the lawsuit alleged that Union Mortgage, in connection with making second mortgage loans to customers, violated the SMLL by charging certain fees, closing costs and interest in excess of the limitations established by the SMLL. The case was removed to federal court and consolidated for certain pre-trial purposes with approximately 18 other cases brought under the SMLL by the same attorneys. Union Mortgage was a defendant in only one of these cases. On April 23, 2010, Union Mortgage filed an answer and a motion for judgment on the pleadings as to certain issues. In 2011, the lawsuit was dismissed as a result of the parties’ confidential settlement with no material financial impact upon either UMG or the Company.

Financial Instruments with off-balance sheet risk

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contractual amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Unless noted otherwise, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support off-balance sheet financial instruments with credit risk.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there are no violations of any conditions established in the contracts. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the commitments may expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of customers to third parties. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.

At December 31, 2012, Union Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans and loans held for sale. These commitments to sell loans are designed to mitigate the mortgage company’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in connection with rate lock commitments and loans held for sale.

 

103


The following table presents the balances of commitments and contingencies (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011  

Commitments with off-balance sheet risk:

     

Commitments to extend credit (1)

   $ 844,766       $ 720,317   

Standby letters of credit

     45,536         38,068   

Mortgage loan rate lock commitments

     133,326         45,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments with off-balance sheet risk

   $ 1,023,628       $ 804,205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments with balance sheet risk:

     

Loans held for sale

   $ 167,698       $ 74,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other commitments

   $ 1,191,326       $ 879,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes unfunded overdraft protection.

The Company must maintain a reserve against its deposits in accordance with Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act. For the final weekly reporting period in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the aggregate amount of daily average required reserves was approximately $14.2 million for both years, respectively.

The Company has approximately $6.7 million in deposits in other financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, provided unlimited deposit insurance coverage for transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. The Company had approximately $665,000 in deposits in other financial institutions that were uninsured at December 31, 2012.

For asset/liability management purposes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge various exposures or to modify the interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. See Note 19 “Derivatives” in these “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.

 

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has entered into loan transactions with its directors, principal officers and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders. Such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and did not, in the opinion of management, involve more than normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. There were no changes in terms or loan modifications from the preceding period. The following schedule summarizes the changes in loan amounts outstanding to these persons during the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012     2011  

Balance at January 1

   $ 29,416      $ 21,679   

Advances

     29,132        12,462   

Repayments

     (7,005     (4,725
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 51,543      $ 29,416   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has also entered into deposit transactions with its directors, principal officers and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders, all of which are under the same terms as other customers. The aggregate amount of these deposit accounts was $22.2 million and $26.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

104


In February 2012, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with James Ukrop, a director of the Company, and a related trust. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company repurchased 335,649 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $4,363,437, or $13.00 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand. The Company transferred 115,384 of the repurchased shares to its Employee Stock Ownership Plan for $13.00 per share. The remaining 220,265 shares were retired. On February 6, 2012, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to the agreement and repurchase.

In December 2012, the Company received authorization from its Board of Directors to purchase up to 750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on the open market or in private transactions. The repurchase program was authorized through December 31, 2013. Subsequently, in December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase 750,000 shares of its common stock from Markel Corporation, the Company’s largest shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $11,580,000, or $15.44 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand. Steven A. Markel, Vice Chairman of Markel Corporation, is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company retired the shares. On December 12 and 20, 2012 the Company filed Current Reports on Form 8-K with respect to authorization and repurchase.

 

13. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The basic EPS calculation was computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding attributable to stock awards. Amortization of discount and dividends on the preferred stock is treated as a reduction of the numerator in calculating basic and diluted EPS.

There were approximately 309,952 shares underlying anti-dilutive options as of December 31, 2012, compared to 383,101 and 259,682 shares as of December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively, which were excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

The following is a reconciliation of the denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 (in thousands except per share data):

 

     Net Income
Available to
Common
Stockholders
(Numerator)
     Weighted
Average Shares
(Denominator)
     Per Share
Amount
 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

        

Basic EPS

   $ 35,411         25,872       $ 1.37   

Effect of dilutive stock awards

     —           29         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 35,411         25,901       $ 1.37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

        

Basic EPS

   $ 27,769         25,981       $ 1.07   

Effect of dilutive stock awards

     —           29         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 27,769         26,010       $ 1.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

        

Basic EPS

   $ 21,008         25,222       $ 0.83   

Effect of dilutive stock awards

     —           46         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 21,008         25,268       $ 0.83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

105


14. REGULATORY MATTERS AND CAPITAL

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on financial statements of the Company and the subsidiary bank. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total Risk-Weighted Assets (as defined) and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to Average Assets (as defined) and Risk-Weighted Assets.

As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the “Federal Reserve Bank”) categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

The Company and the Bank’s capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the following table at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Actual     Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    Required in Order to Be
Well Capitalized Under
PCA
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2012

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

   $ 454,444         14.57   $ 249,487         8.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     438,860         14.14     248,294         8.00   $ 310,367         10.00

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     409,879         13.14     124,743         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     394,296         12.70     124,147         4.00     186,220         6.00

Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets:

               

Consolidated

     409,879         10.29     159,408         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     394,296         9.94     158,631         4.00     198,288         5.00

As of December 31, 2011

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     440,935         14.51     243,128         8.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     423,991         14.02     241,934         8.00   $ 302,417         10.00

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     390,623         12.85     121,564         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     373,778         12.36     120,967         4.00     181,450         6.00

Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets:

               

Consolidated

     390,623         10.14     154,037         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     373,778         9.78     152,922         4.00     191,153         5.00

On February 6, 2009, First Market Bank issued and sold to the Treasury 33,900 shares of its Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and a warrant to purchase up to 1,695 shares of its

 

106


Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C. The Treasury immediately exercised the warrant for the entire 1,695 shares. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of FMB, the Company’s Board of Directors established a series of preferred stock with substantially identical preferences, rights and limitations to the First Market Bank preferred stock, except as explained below. Pursuant to the closing of the acquisition, each share of First Market Bank Series B and Series C preferred stock was exchanged for one share of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company paid cumulative dividends to the Treasury at a rate of 5.19% per annum. The 5.19% dividend rate is a blended rate comprised of the dividend rate of the 33,900 shares of First Market Bank 5% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and 1,695 shares of First Market Bank 9% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company is non-voting and each share has a liquidation preference of $1,000. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received approval from the Treasury and its regulators to redeem the Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury and assumed by the Company as part of the 2010 merger with FMB. On December 7, 2011, the Company paid approximately $35.7 million, from existing capital, to the Treasury in full redemption of the Preferred Stock.

In February 2012, the Company repurchased 335,649 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $4,363,437, or $13.00 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand. The Company transferred 115,384 of the repurchased shares to its ESOP for $13.00 per share. The remaining 220,265 shares were retired. In December 2012, the Company repurchased and retired 750,000 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $11,580,000, or $15.44 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand.

 

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. This codification clarifies that fair value of certain assets and liabilities is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants.

ASC 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 based on these two types of inputs are as follows:

 

Level 1    Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2    Valuation is based on observable inputs including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in less active markets, and model-based valuation techniques for which significant assumptions can be derived primarily from or corroborated by observable data in the markets.
Level 3    Valuation is based on model-based techniques that use one or more significant inputs or assumptions that are unobservable in the market. These unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about what market participants would use and information that is reasonably available under the circumstances without undue cost and effort.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements.

 

107


Interest rate swap agreement used for interest rate risk management

Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company utilizes an interest rate swap agreement as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of the Company’s interest-bearing assets and liabilities. The Company has contracted with a third party vendor to provide valuations for interest rate swaps using standard swap valuation techniques and therefore classifies such valuations as Level 2. Third party valuations are validated by the Company using Bloomberg Valuation Service’s derivative pricing functions. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap liabilities.

Securities available for sale

Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, when available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured utilizing independent valuation techniques of identical or similar securities for which significant assumptions are derived primarily from or corroborated by observable market data (Level 2). If the inputs used to provide the evaluation for certain securities are unobservable and/or there is little, if any, market activity then the security would fall to the lowest level of the hierarchy (Level 3).

The Company’s investment portfolio is primarily valued using fair value measurements that are considered to be Level 2. The Company has contracted with a third party portfolio accounting service vendor for valuation of its securities portfolio. The vendor’s primary source for security valuation is Interactive Data Corporation (“IDC”), which evaluates securities based on market data. IDC utilizes evaluated pricing models that vary by asset class and include available trade, bid, and other market information. Generally, the methodology includes broker quotes, proprietary modes, vast descriptive terms and conditions databases, as well as extensive quality control programs.

The vendor utilizes proprietary valuation matrices for valuing all municipals securities. The initial curves for determining the price, movement, and yield relationships within the municipal matrices are derived from industry benchmark curves or sourced from a municipal trading desk. The securities are further broken down according to issuer, credit support, state of issuance and rating to incorporate additional spreads to the industry benchmark curves.

The Company uses Bloomberg Valuation Service, an independent information source that draws on quantitative models and market data contributed from over 4,000 market participants, to validate third party valuations. Any material differences between valuation sources are researched by further analyzing the various inputs that are utilized by each pricing source. No material differences were identified during our validation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The carrying value of restricted Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and FHLB stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of each entity and is therefore excluded from the following table.

 

108


The following table presents the balances of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

           

Interest rate swap - loans

   $ —         $ 18       $ —         $ 18   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government and agency securities

     —           2,849         —           2,849   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           229,778         —           229,778   

Corporate and other bonds

     —           7,212         —           7,212   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           342,174         —           342,174   

Other securities

     —           3,369         —           3,369   

LIABILITIES

           

Interest rate swap - loans

   $ —         $ 18       $ —         $ 18   

Cash flow hedge - trust

     —           4,489         —           4,489   

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

           

Interest rate swap - loans

   $ —         $ 66       $ —         $ 66   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government and agency securities

     —           4,284         —           4,284   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           200,207         —           200,207   

Corporate and other bonds

     —           12,240         —           12,240   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           400,318         —           400,318   

Other securities

     —           3,117         —           3,117   

LIABILITIES

           

Interest rate swap - loans

   $ —         $ 66       $ —         $ 66   

Cash flow hedge - trust

     —           4,293         —           4,293   

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements.

Loans held for sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value. These loans currently consist of residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market. Fair value is based on the price secondary markets are currently offering for similar loans using observable market data which is not materially different than cost due to the short duration between origination and sale (Level 2). As such, the Company records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. No nonrecurring fair value adjustments were recorded on loans held for sale during December 31, 2012 and 2011. Gains and losses on the sale of loans are recorded within income from the mortgage segment on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

109


Impaired loans

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the Company’s collateral is real estate. The value of real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser using observable market data. When evaluating the fair value management may discount the appraisal further if, based on their understanding of the market conditions, it is determined the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value (Level 3). The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal, of one year or less, if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’s financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Other real estate owned

Fair values of OREO are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less selling costs. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the foreclosed asset as Level 3 valuation. Total valuation expenses related to OREO properties for December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $301,000 and $707,000, respectively.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —         $ 167,698       $ —         $ 167,698   

Impaired loans

     —           —           30,104         30,104   

Other real estate owned

     —           —           32,834         32,834   

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

           

Loans held for sale

   $ —         $   74,823       $ —         $   74,823   

Impaired loans

     —           —           63,423         63,423   

Other real estate owned

     —           —           32,263         32,263   

 

110


The following table displays quantitative information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements for December 31, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
    Fair Value     

Valuation Technique(s)

  

Unobservable Inputs

  Weighted
Average
 

ASSETS

         

Commercial Construction

  $ 3,190       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     6

Commercial Real Estate - Owner Occupied

    2,001       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     13

Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner Occupied

    13,100       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     9

Raw Land and Lots

    7,300       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     6

Single Family Investment Real Estate

    1,241       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     6

Commercial and Industrial

    1,810       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     23

Other (2)

    1,462       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     27
 

 

 

         

Total Impaired Loans

    30,104           

Other real estate owned

    32,834       Market comparables    Discount applied to market comparables (1)     33
 

 

 

         

Total

  $ 62,938           
 

 

 

         

 

(1) 

A discount percentage is applied based on age of independent appraisals, current market conditions, and experience within the local market.

(2) 

The “Other” category of the impaired loans section from the table above consists of Other Commercial, Mortgage, Consumer Construction, HELOCs, and Other Consumer.

ASC 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure about fair value of financial instruments for interim periods and excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

Cash and cash equivalents

For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Loans

The fair value of performing loans is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using a yield curve that is constructed by adding a loan spread to a market yield curve. Loan spreads are based on spreads currently observed in the market for loans of similar type and structure. Fair value for impaired loans and their respective level within the fair value hierarchy, are described in the previous disclosure related to fair value measurements of assets that are measured on a nonrecurring basis.

Deposits

The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowings

The carrying value of the Company’s repurchase agreements is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Other borrowings are discounted using the current yield curve for the same type of borrowing. For borrowings with embedded optionality, a third party source is used to value the instrument. The Company validates all third party valuations for borrowings with optionality using Bloomberg’s derivative pricing functions.

Accrued interest

The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit

The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees

 

111


currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the fair value of loan commitments and standby letters of credit was immaterial.

The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

            Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 using  
            Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
     Total Fair
Value
 
     Carrying Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 82,902       $ 82,902       $ —         $ —         $ 82,902   

Securities available for sale

     585,382         —           585,382         —           585,382   

Restricted stock

     20,687         —           20,687         —           20,687   

Loans held for sale

     167,698         —           167,698         —           167,698   

Net loans

     2,931,931         —           —           2,956,339         2,956,339   

Interest rate swap - loans

     18         —           18         —           18   

Accrued interest receivable

     19,663         —           19,663         —           19,663   

LIABILITIES

              

Deposits

   $ 3,297,767       $ —         $ 3,309,149       $ —         $ 3,309,149   

Borrowings

     329,395         —           309,019         —           309,019   

Accrued interest payable

     1,414         —           1,414         —           1,414   

Cash flow hedge - trust

     4,489         —           4,489         —           4,489   

Interest rate swap - loans

     18         —           18         —           18   

 

            Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 using  
            Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
     Total Fair
Value
 
     Carrying Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 96,659       $ 96,659       $ —        $ —         $ 96,659   

Securities available for sale

     620,166         —           620,166         —           620,166   

Restricted stock

     20,661         —           20,661         —           20,661   

Loans held for sale

     74,823         —           74,823         —           74,823   

Net loans

     2,779,113         —           —          2,794,914         2,794,914   

Interest rate swap - loans

     66         —           66         —           66   

Accrued interest receivable

     16,626         —           16,626         —           16,626   

LIABILITIES

              

Deposits

   $ 3,175,105       $ —         $ 3,191,256       $ —         $ 3,191,256   

Borrowings

     278,686         —           277,374         —           277,374   

Accrued interest payable

     1,865         —           1,865         —           1,865   

Cash flow hedge - trust

     4,293         —           4,293         —           4,293   

Interest rate swap - loans

     66         —           66         —           66   

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its normal operations. As a result, the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Company’s overall interest rate risk.

 

112


16. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The primary source of funds for the dividends paid by Union First Market Bankshares Corporation (the “Parent Company”) is dividends received from its subsidiaries. The payments of dividends by the Bank to the Parent Company are subject to certain statutory limitations which contemplate that the current year earnings and earnings retained for the two preceding years may be paid to the Parent Company without regulatory approval. As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate amount of unrestricted funds, which could be transferred from the Company’s Bank to the Parent Company, without prior regulatory approval, totaled approximately $57.2 million, or 13.3%, of the consolidated net assets.

Financial information for the Parent Company is as follows:

PARENT COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 and 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2012      2011  

ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 6,505       $ 7,275   

Bank premises and equipment, net

     13,141         13,591   

Other assets

     4,593         3,837   

Investment in subsidiaries

     490,199         474,412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 514,438       $ 499,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Long-term borrowings

   $ 9,375       $ 10,000   

Trust preferred capital notes

     60,310         60,310   

Other liabilities

     8,890         7,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     78,575         77,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common stock

     33,510         34,672   

Surplus

     176,635         187,493   

Retained earnings

     215,634         189,824   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     10,084         9,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     435,863         421,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 514,438       $ 499,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

113


PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2012      2011     2010  

Income:

       

Interest and dividend income

   $ 8       $ 624      $ 805   

Management fee received from subsidiaries

     —           —          23,957   

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     23,141         8,612        7,094   

Equity in undistributed net income from subsidiaries

     15,158         23,941        18,116   

Gains on sale of securities, net

     —           430        —     

Gains (losses) on sale of fixed assets, net

     —           (1     448   

Other operating income

     1,155         1,616        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     39,462         35,222        50,420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

       

Interest expense

     3,152         2,627        2,037   

Salaries and benefits

     —           —          15,423   

Occupancy expenses

     586         590        1,043   

Furniture and equipment expenses

     —           1,023        1,794   

Other operating expenses

     313         537        7,201   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     4,051         4,777        27,498   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     35,411         30,445        22,922   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     —           1,499        1,688   

Amortization of discount on preferred stock

     —           1,177        226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 35,411       $ 27,769      $ 21,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 35,411      $ 30,445      $ 22,922   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     (15,158     (23,941     (18,116

Tax benefit from exercise of equity-based awards

     —          15        7   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (756     6,135        (3,613

Other, net

     6,544        7,706        5,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

     26,041        20,360        6,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Sale of securities available for sale

     —          12,421        3,994   

Net decrease (increase) in bank premises and equipment

     (2,119     1,455        (274

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     (629     (11,287     (5,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) investing activities

     (2,748     2,589        (1,827
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Net decrease in long-term borrowings

     (625     (625     (625

Cash dividends paid

     (8,969     (9,245     (7,942

Repurchase of preferred stock

     —          (35,595     —     

Net issuance (repurchase) of common stock

     (14,469     574        352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     24,063        (44,891     (8,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (770     (21,942     (3,522

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     7,275        29,217        32,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 6,505      $ 7,275      $ 29,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

114


17. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has two reportable segments: a traditional full service community bank and a mortgage loan origination business. The community bank business for 2012 includes one subsidiary bank, which provides loan, deposit, investment, and trust services to retail and commercial customers throughout its 90 retail locations in Virginia. The mortgage segment provides a variety of mortgage loan products principally in Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Maryland and the Washington D.C. metro area. These loans are originated and sold primarily in the secondary market through purchase commitments from investors, which subject the Company to only de minimus risk.

Profit and loss is measured by net income after taxes including realized gains and losses on the Company’s investment portfolio. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Inter-segment transactions are recorded at cost and eliminated as part of the consolidation process.

Both of the Company’s reportable segments are service based. The mortgage business is a fee-based business while the bank is driven principally by net interest income. The bank segment provides a distribution and referral network through its customers for the mortgage loan origination business. The mortgage segment offers a more limited referral network for the bank segment, due largely to the minimal degree of overlapping geographic markets.

The community bank segment provides the mortgage segment with the short-term funds needed to originate mortgage loans through a warehouse line of credit and charges the mortgage banking segment interest at the three month LIBOR rate plus 1.5% basis points, floor of 2%. These transactions are eliminated in the consolidation process. A management fee for operations and administrative support services is charged to all subsidiaries and eliminated in the consolidated totals.

 

115


Information about reportable segments and reconciliation of such information to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Community
Bank
     Mortgage      Eliminations     Consolidated
Totals
 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

                          

Net interest income

   $ 153,024       $ 1,331       $ —        $ 154,355   

Provision for loan losses

     12,200         —           —          12,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     140,824         1,331         —          142,155   

Noninterest income

     24,876         16,660         (468     41,068   

Noninterest expenses

     119,976         13,971         (468     133,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     45,724         4,020         —          49,744   

Income tax expense

     12,858         1,475         —          14,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 32,866       $ 2,545       $ —        $ 35,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,081,544       $ 187,836       $ (173,515   $ 4,095,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

                          

Net interest income

   $ 155,045       $ 1,315       $ —        $ 156,360   

Provision for loan losses

     16,800         —           —          16,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     138,245         1,315         —          139,560   

Noninterest income

     22,382         11,050         (468     32,964   

Noninterest expenses

     121,490         9,793         (468     130,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     39,137         2,572         —          41,709   

Income tax expense

     10,304         960         —          11,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 28,833       $ 1,612       $ —        $ 30,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,904,013       $ 84,445       $ (81,371   $ 3,907,087   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

                          

Net interest income

   $ 149,353       $ 2,223       $ —        $ 151,576   

Provision for loan losses

     24,368         —           —          24,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     124,985         2,223         —          127,208   

Noninterest income

     22,882         11,803         (468     34,217   

Noninterest expenses

     121,381         9,007         (468     129,920   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     26,486         5,019         —          31,505   

Income tax expense

     6,692         1,891         —          8,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 19,794       $ 3,128       $ —        $ 22,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,828,954       $ 82,255       $ (73,962   $ 3,837,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

116


18. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

The following table presents the consolidated statements of income line “Other Operating Expenses” broken into greater detail for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Printing, postage, and supplies

   $ 2,649       $ 2,179       $ 2,251   

Communications expense

     3,070         2,931         2,595   

Technology and data processing

     7,510         7,795         6,963   

Professional services

     3,035         2,989         2,692   

Marketing and advertising expense

     5,473         5,869         5,441   

FDIC assessment premiums and other insurance

     2,373         4,936         5,268   

Other taxes

     3,017         2,838         1,686   

Loan related expenses

     2,254         2,058         1,408   

OREO and related costs(1)

     4,639         5,668         3,247   

Amortization of core deposit premiums

     5,336         6,522         7,630   

Acquisition and conversion costs

     —           426         8,715   

Other expenses

     6,074         5,715         6,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating expenses

   $ 45,430       $ 49,926       $ 54,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

OREO related costs include foreclosure related expenses, gains/losses on the sale of OREO, valuation reserves, and asset resolution related legal expenses.

 

19. DERIVATIVES

During the second quarter of 2010, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement (the “trust swap”) as part of the management of interest rate risk. The Company designated the trust swap as a cash flow hedge intended to protect against the variability of cash flows associated with the aforementioned Statutory Trust II preferred capital securities. The trust swap hedges the interest rate risk, wherein the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 3.51% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $36.0 million. The term of the trust swap is six years with a fixed rate that started June 15, 2011. The trust swap was entered into with a counterparty that met the Company’s credit standards and the agreement contains collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. The Company believes that the credit risk inherent in the contract is not significant.

Amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreements. In accordance with ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, the trust swap is designated as a cash flow hedge, with the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss, if any, would be recorded in other expense. The Company has assessed the effectiveness of the hedging relationship by comparing the changes in cash flows on the designated hedged item. There was no hedge ineffectiveness for this trust swap. At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the trust swap agreement was an unrealized loss of $4.5 million, the amount the Company would have expected to pay if the contract was terminated. The below liability is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

 

117


Shown below is a summary of the derivative designated as a cash flow hedge at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Positions      Notional
Amount
     Asset      Liability      Receive
Rate
    Pay
Rate
    Life
(Years)
 

As of December 31, 2012

                  

Pay fixed - receive floating interest rate swaps

     1       $ 36,000       $ —         $ 4,489         0.31     3.51     4.46   

 

     Positions      Notional
Amount
     Asset      Liability      Receive
Rate
    Pay
Rate
    Life
(Years)
 

As of December 31, 2011

                  

Pay fixed - receive floating interest rate swaps

     1       $ 36,000       $ —         $ 4,293         0.58     3.51     5.46   

During the normal course of business, the Company enters into interest rate swap loan relationships (“loan swaps”) with borrowers to meet their financing needs. Upon entering into the loan swaps, the Company enters into offsetting positions with counterparties in order to minimize interest rate risk. These back-to-back loan swaps qualify as financial derivatives with fair values reported in other assets and other liabilities. Shown below is a summary regarding loan swap derivative activities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Positions      Notional
Amount
     Asset      Liability      Receive
Rate
    Pay
Rate
    Life
(Years)
 

As of December 31, 2012

                  

Receive fixed - pay floating interest rate swaps

     1       $ 744       $ 18       $ —           4.58     2.96     9.59   

Pay fixed - receive floating interest rate swaps

     1       $ 744       $ —         $ 18         2.96     4.58     9.59   

 

     Positions      Notional
Amount
     Asset      Liability      Receive
Rate
    Pay
Rate
    Life
(Years)
 

As of December 31, 2011

                  

Receive fixed - pay floating interest rate swaps

     2       $ 4,028       $ 66       $ —           6.35     2.77     1.01   

Pay fixed - receive floating interest rate swaps

     2       $ 4,028       $ —         $ 66         2.77     6.35     1.01   

 

20. Subsequent Events

On January 9, 2013, the Bank finalized a forbearance agreement with a borrower in which the Bank acquired 190,152.5 shares of common stock of Virginia National Bank, a national banking association, with an aggregate value of approximately $2.6 million in partial settlement of certain debt owed to the Bank. The common stock served as collateral securing loans made by the Bank to the borrower. The common stock acquired is recorded in Other Assets on the Bank’s consolidated balance sheet as of the year ended December 31, 2012.

On February 28, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program to purchase up to 750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on the open market or in private transactions. The authorization permits management to repurchase the Company’s shares from time to time at management’s discretion. The repurchase program is authorized through December 31, 2013.

On March 7, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase 500,000 shares of its common stock from Markel Corporation, the Company’s largest shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,500,000, or $19.00 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand. Steven A. Markel, Vice Chairman of Markel Corporation, is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company retired the shares. On March 8, 2013 the Company filed Current Reports on Form 8-K with respect to the repurchase.

 

118


ITEM 9. - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

During the past two years, there have been no changes in or reportable disagreement with the independent registered public accountants for the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

ITEM 9A. - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company maintains “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating its disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on the assessment using those criteria, management concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm which also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on pages 58 through 59 hereof.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There was no change in the internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. - OTHER INFORMATION. Not applicable.

 

119


PART III

ITEM 10. - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Information regarding directors, the Company’s audit committee and the audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 23, 2013 (“Proxy Statement”), under the captions “Election of Directors,” and “Corporate Governance, Board Leadership, and Board Diversity.” The executive officers of the Company, and their respective titles and principal occupations, are listed below:

 

Name (Age)

  

Title and Principal Occupation

During at Least the Past Five Years

G. William Beale (63)    Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of February 1, 2010; President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1993 to February 1, 2010; President and Chief Executive Officer of Union Bank and Trust Company from 1991 to 2004; Chief Executive Officer of Union First Market Bank as of February 1, 2010.
Robert M. Gorman (54)    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since joining the Company in July 2012; previously with SunTrust Banks, Inc. as Senior Vice President and Director of Corporate Support Services in 2011 and Senior Vice President and Strategic Financial Officer from 2002 until 2011.
David J. Fairchild (61)    President of the Company as of February 1, 2010; Chief Executive Officer of First Market Bank, FSB from 2003 to February 1, 2010; President of First Market Bank from February 1, 2010 until the merger with Union Bank and Trust Company to form Union First Market Bank as of March 22, 2010; Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer of Union First Market Bank from March 22, 2010 to March 31, 2012.
John C. Neal (63)    President of Union First Market Bank since March 2010; Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer of the Company from 2005 to 2012; President and Chief Executive Officer of Union Bank and Trust Company from 2004 to March 22, 2010; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Union Bank and Trust Company from 1997 to 2004. Mr. Neal serves on the Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta.
D. Anthony Peay (53)    Executive Vice President and, since April 1, 2012, Chief Banking Officer of Union First Market Bank; Chief Financial Officer of the Company from 1994 to July 2012; Executive Vice President of the Company since 2003.
Elizabeth M. Bentley (52)    Executive Vice President and Director of Retail Banking; joined the Company in 1998 as an Assistant Vice President; Vice President in 2002; Senior Vice President in 2005; Executive Vice President since 2007.
Rex A. Hockemeyer (59)    Executive Vice President and Director of Operations and Information Technology; joined the Company in April 2008; previously was responsible for information technology at First Financial Bancorp, Cincinnati, Ohio, and served as that holding company’s operations affiliate’s President and Chief Executive Officer beginning in 1999.

 

120


Information on Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance for the directors and executive officers of the Company is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees and directors. The Company has also adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and Directors, which is applicable to those directors and senior officers who have financial responsibilities. Both of these codes may be found at http://investors.bankatunion.com. In addition, a copy of either of the codes may be obtained without charge by written request to the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

ITEM 11. - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

This information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the captions “Corporate Governance, Board Leadership, and Board Diversity,” “Named Executive Officers,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Report of the Compensation Committee,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation.”

ITEM 12. - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Other than as set forth below, this information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the caption “Ownership of Company Common Stock” and from Note 10 “Employee Benefits” contained in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2012, relating to the Company’s 2003 and 2011 Stock Incentive Plans, pursuant to which grants of option to acquire shares of common stock may be awarded from time to time.

 

     Number of securities to
be issued upon

exercise of outstanding
warrants and rights
(A)
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(B)
     Number of securities
remaining  available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (A))
(C) (1)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     500,578       $ 16.92         765,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     500,578       $ 16.92         765,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Consists of shares available for future issuance under the Company’s 2003 and 2011 Stock Incentive Plans .

 

121


ITEM 13. - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

This information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the captions “Corporate Governance, Board Leadership, and Board Diversity” and “Interest of Directors and Officers in Certain Transactions.”

ITEM 14. - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

This information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accounting Fees.”

PART IV

ITEM 15. - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements and reports of independent registered public accountants of the Company are in Part II, Item 8:

 

   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

 

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2012 and 2011;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity - Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010;

 

   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted since they are not required, are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K and this list includes the Exhibit Index.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

2.01    First Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, entered into on June 19, 2009 and dated and made effective as of March 30, 2009, by and between Union Bankshares Corporation and First Market Bank, FSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 22, 2009)
3.01    Articles of Incorporation of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010)

 

122


3.02    Bylaws of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2013)
4.01    Warrant to Purchase up to 422,636 shares of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008)
10.01    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of G. William Beale (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.02    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of G. William Beale (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.03    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of D. Anthony Peay (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.04    Amended and Restated Management Continuity of John C. Neal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.05    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of Rawley H. Watson, III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.06    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John C. Neal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.07    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of D. Anthony Peay (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.08    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of Michael T. Leake (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.09    Amended and Restated Employment, Settlement, Consulting and Noncompetition Agreement of David J. Fairchild (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2012)
10.10    Employment Agreement of Elizabeth M. Bentley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2011)
10.11    Management Continuity Agreement of Elizabeth M. Bentley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2011)
10.12    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of Robert M. Gorman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2012)
10.13    Employment Agreement of Robert M. Gorman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 20, 2012)
10.14    Union Bankshares Corporation 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.0 to Form S-8 Registration Statement; SEC file no. 333-113839)
10.15    Union First Market Bankshares Corporation 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Form S-8 Registration Statement; SEC file no. 333-175808)
10.16    Union Bankshares Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.0 to Form S-8 Registration Statement; SEC file no. 333-113842)
10.17    Letter Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, including the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between Union Bankshares Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008)
10.18    Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 1, 2010, by and among Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and the shareholders of First Market Bank, FSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010)

 

123


10.19    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2012, by and between Union First Market Bankshares Corporation, and James E. Ukrop and the Third Amended and Restated James Edward Ukrop Revocable Trust Under Trust Agreement Dated as of September 24, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2012)
10.20    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012, by and between Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and Markel Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2012)
10.21    Stock Repurchase Authorization, dated as of February 28, 2013, by the Board of Directors of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 1, 2013)
10.22    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2013, by and between Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and Markel Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2013)
11.03    Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings (incorporated by reference to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report)
21.01    Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to ITEM 1. – BUSINESS. GENERAL included in this Annual Report)
23.01    Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
31.01    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.02    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.01    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.00    Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (furnished herewith).

 

124


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation

 

By:   /s/ G. William Beale    

Date: March 13, 2013

 

G. William Beale

Chief Executive Officer                                                 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ L. Bradford Armstrong

   Director

L. Bradford Armstrong

  
/s/ G. William Beale    Chief Executive Officer and

G. William Beale

   Director (principal executive officer)
/s/ Douglas E. Caton    Director

Douglas E. Caton

  
/s/ David J. Fairchild    President and Director

David J. Fairchild

  
/s/ Robert M. Gorman    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

Robert M. Gorman

   Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
/s/ Daniel I. Hansen    Director

Daniel I. Hansen

  
/s/ Ronald L. Hicks    Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ronald L. Hicks

  
/s/ Steven A. Markel    Director

Steven A. Markel

  
/s/ Patrick J. McCann    Director

Patrick J. McCann

  
/s/ Hullihen W. Moore    Director

Hullihen W. Moore

  
/s/ R. Hunter Morin    Director

R. Hunter Morin

  
/s/ W. Tayloe Murphy, Jr.    Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

W. Tayloe Murphy, Jr.

  
/s/ Linda V. Schreiner    Director

Linda V. Schreiner

  
/s/ Raymond L. Slaughter    Director

Raymond L. Slaughter

  
/s/ Ronald L. Tillett    Director

Ronald L. Tillett

  
/s/ James E. Ukrop    Director

James E. Ukrop